Octavia Mk1 03 Body

SKODA OCTAVIA MK1
Body
Body work
BODY ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 11
BODY WORK ............................................................................................................................................................................. 11
TECHNICAL DATA ............................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Vehicle identification data ....................................................................................................................................................... 11
SELF DIAGNOSIS, V.A.G INSPECTION SERVICE ........................................................................................................................... 12
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION OF THE AIRBAG SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................. 12
Description of the system ......................................................................................................................................................... 12
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis ........................................................................................................................................ 14
Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 14
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word Airbag ...................................................................... 15
Overview of selectable functions.............................................................................................................................................. 16
01 - Interrogating control unit version ......................................................................................................................................................16
02 - Interrogating fault memory ...............................................................................................................................................................17
03 - Actuator diagnosis .............................................................................................................................................................................17
04 - Overview of the control units ............................................................................................................................................................18
05 - Erasing fault memory .........................................................................................................................................................................20
06 - Ending output.....................................................................................................................................................................................20
07 - Coding airbag control unit ..................................................................................................................................................................20
08 - Reading measured value block ..........................................................................................................................................................21
09 - Fault table .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Read table of measured value block .........................................................................................................................................................25
Parts inspection with test box -VAS 5056 C- .............................................................................................................................................31
DEACTIVATING AND ACTIVATING AIRBAG UNITS (ADAPTATION) ................................................................................................................... 33

Deactivating and activating passenger-side airbag units (adaptation) ................................................................................... 33
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FOR CONVENIENCE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................... 37
Description of the system ......................................................................................................................................................... 37
Summary of components for the convenience system units .................................................................................................... 37
Operation ................................................................................................................................................................................. 39
Connecting vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and selecting the address word for the convenience system central control
unit -J393-................................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Overview of selectable functions.............................................................................................................................................. 41
Interrogating control unit version ............................................................................................................................................ 41
Overview of all the convenience system control units according to running date and generation ......................................... 42
Interrogating fault memory ..................................................................................................................................................... 47
Fault table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system) .................................................................................. 48
Fault table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system) ................................................................................. 55
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system), 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system) 65
Actuator diagnosis ................................................................................................................................................................... 77
Erasing fault memory ............................................................................................................................................................... 78
Ending output ........................................................................................................................................................................... 78
Coding control unit ................................................................................................................................................................... 78
Reading measured value block................................................................................................................................................. 79
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system) ................................................................................... 80
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system) .................................................................................. 86
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system) ........................................................................... 92
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system) .................................................................................... 93
Adaptation ............................................................................................................................................................................... 99
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FOR CENTRAL LOCKING ............................................................................................................................................... 109
Description of the system ....................................................................................................................................................... 109
Operation ............................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the central locking control unit -J110-..... 110
Overview of selectable functions............................................................................................................................................ 111
Interrogating control unit version .......................................................................................................................................... 111
Overview of all the central locking control units according to running date and generation ................................................ 112
Interrogating fault memory ................................................................................................................................................... 115
Fault table for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation central locking) ......................................................................................... 115
Fault table for vehicles 10.97 (2nd generation central locking) ........................................................................................ 120
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation central locking), 05.01 (3rd generation central locking) .............. 125
Actuator diagnosis ................................................................................................................................................................. 130
Erasing fault memory ............................................................................................................................................................. 131
Ending output ......................................................................................................................................................................... 131
Coding control unit ................................................................................................................................................................. 132
Reading measured value block............................................................................................................................................... 133
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking) .......................................................................................... 133
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system) ................................................................................ 137
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking) .................................................................................. 141
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking) .......................................................................................... 142
Adaptation ............................................................................................................................................................................. 148
SELF-DIAGNOSIS ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SEAT WITH MEMORY ................................................................................................................. 156
Description of the system ....................................................................................................................................................... 156
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the seat height adjustment/driver .......... 156
Overview of selectable functions............................................................................................................................................ 158
Interrogating control unit version .......................................................................................................................................... 158
Interrogating fault memory ................................................................................................................................................... 158
Erasing fault memory ............................................................................................................................................................. 159
Ending output ......................................................................................................................................................................... 159
Fault table .............................................................................................................................................................................. 160
Reading measured value block............................................................................................................................................... 164
Test table ................................................................................................................................................................................ 164
BODY FRONT .......................................................................................................................................................................... 168
FRONT BODY................................................................................................................................................................................... 168
Summary of components of lock carrier with attached parts ................................................................................................ 168
Replace lock carrier ................................................................................................................................................................ 169
FRONT WING .................................................................................................................................................................................. 171
Summary of components of front wing.................................................................................................................................. 171
FRONT BONNET ............................................................................................................................................................................... 173
Summary of front bonnet components .................................................................................................................................. 173

Remove and install front flap lock .......................................................................................................................................... 173
Disassembling and assembling radiator grill ......................................................................................................................... 174
Summary of components actuation of front flap lock ............................................................................................................ 175
TAILGATE ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 177
Remove tailgate ..................................................................................................................................................................... 177
Removing the pressurized gas strut ....................................................................................................................................... 177
Degassing the pressurized gas strut ....................................................................................................................................... 178
Summary of components of tailgate lock............................................................................................................................... 180
FUEL TANK LID UNIT ......................................................................................................................................................................... 181
Summary of components of the fuel-tank lid unit .................................................................................................................. 181
FRONT DOOR, CENTRAL LOCKING .......................................................................................................................................... 182
FRONT DOOR .................................................................................................................................................................................. 182
Summary of components of front door .................................................................................................................................. 182
Removing and installing the front door.................................................................................................................................. 182
Door adjustment .................................................................................................................................................................... 184
Remove door window............................................................................................................................................................. 184
Remove and install window lifter ........................................................................................................................................... 185
Removing and installing window lifter motor ........................................................................................................................ 186
Summary of components of outer door handle ..................................................................................................................... 188
Remove and install outer door handle ................................................................................................................................... 188
Summary of components of door lock.................................................................................................................................... 190
Removing and installing the door lock ................................................................................................................................... 191
CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................................................ 194
Removing and installing the tailgate control motor .............................................................................................................. 194
Removing and installing the setting element for the fuel tank cap ....................................................................................... 194
Summary of components of front door seals ......................................................................................................................... 195
REAR DOOR,SLIDING DOOR,WING DOORS,CENTRAL LOCKING ............................................................................................... 196
REAR DOOR .................................................................................................................................................................................... 196
Summary of components of rear door ................................................................................................................................... 196
Removing and installing the rear door ................................................................................................................................... 196
Door adjustment .................................................................................................................................................................... 198
Remove door window............................................................................................................................................................. 198
Remove window lifter ............................................................................................................................................................ 199
Summary of components of outer door handle ..................................................................................................................... 201
Remove and install outer door handle ................................................................................................................................... 201
Summary of components of door lock.................................................................................................................................... 204
Removing and installing the door lock ................................................................................................................................... 204
Summary of components of rear door seals .......................................................................................................................... 206
SLIDING ROOF ........................................................................................................................................................................ 207
SLIDING/TILTING ROOF ROCKWELL WITH GLASS PANEL ............................................................................................................................ 207
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel........................................................................................... 207
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof ............................................................................................................................ 209

Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof................................................................................................................................ 209
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) .................................................................................................. 210
Check E-drive (0 position).................................................................................................................................................... 211
Check parallel running and adjust .......................................................................................................................................... 212
Remove sun screen ................................................................................................................................................................. 214
Install sun screen .................................................................................................................................................................... 214
Removing and installing assembly unit .................................................................................................................................. 215
Cleaning the water drain hoses .............................................................................................................................................. 216
SLIDING/TILTING ROOF WEBASTO WITH GLASS PANEL ............................................................................................................................. 220
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel........................................................................................... 220
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof ............................................................................................................................ 221
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof................................................................................................................................ 222
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) .................................................................................................. 223
Replacing the glass roof pane seal ......................................................................................................................................... 224
Removing and installing the sun visor .................................................................................................................................... 225
Removing and installing E-drive ............................................................................................................................................. 225
Setting electric drive mechanism (setting 0 position) ......................................................................................................... 226
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism ................................................................................ 227
Check parallel running............................................................................................................................................................ 228
Setting the parallel running.................................................................................................................................................... 228
Removing and installing assembly unit .................................................................................................................................. 228
Adapting the E-drive............................................................................................................................................................... 230
Cleaning the water drain hoses .............................................................................................................................................. 230
BUMPER ................................................................................................................................................................................. 231
FRONT BUMPER............................................................................................................................................................................... 231
Summary of components of bumper 12.01 ....................................................................................................................... 231
Bondings of front bumper for vehicles 08.00 12.01 .......................................................................................................... 232
Summary of components of bumper 01.02 ....................................................................................................................... 233
REAR BUMPER ................................................................................................................................................................................ 235
Summary of components of rear bumper .............................................................................................................................. 235
Summary of components of rear bumper (Octavia Combi).................................................................................................... 236
Cutting out the opening for the trailer arm............................................................................................................................ 238
Drilling the openings for the parking aid sensors ................................................................................................................... 239
GLAZING/WINDOW MECHANISM ........................................................................................................................................... 241
GLUED WINDOWS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 241
Removing and installing glued windows ................................................................................................................................ 241
Summary of components of windscreen ................................................................................................................................ 242
Removing and installing windscreen ...................................................................................................................................... 242
Summary of components of rear window .............................................................................................................................. 246
Assembly overview of rear window (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................................. 246
Removing and installing the rear window.............................................................................................................................. 247
Assembly overview of side window (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................................. 248

Removing and installing side window (Octavia Combi) ......................................................................................................... 248
Prepare new window for fitting ............................................................................................................................................. 248
Glue sticker onto the new windscreen ................................................................................................................................... 250
Mounting instructions ............................................................................................................................................................ 251
Prepare flange for fitting ........................................................................................................................................................ 252
Glueing ................................................................................................................................................................................... 252
Waiting time .......................................................................................................................................................................... 253
Eliminating paint damage ...................................................................................................................................................... 254
Remove adhesive cement and clean ...................................................................................................................................... 254
Glue self-adhesive foil 4x4 onto the heatable rear window ................................................................................................... 254
Remove self-adhesive foil 4x4 from the heatable rear window ............................................................................................. 255
EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................................................... 256
TRIM PANELS .................................................................................................................................................................................. 256
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 05.98 .............................................................................................. 256
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 06.98 .............................................................................................. 256
PROTECTIVE STRIPS .......................................................................................................................................................................... 258
Removing and installing protective side strips ....................................................................................................................... 258
WHEELHOUSE LINER......................................................................................................................................................................... 259
Removing and installing the front wheelhouse liner .............................................................................................................. 259
Removing and installing the rear wheelhouse liner ............................................................................................................... 259
ROOF DRIP MOULDING ..................................................................................................................................................................... 261
Removing and installing roof drip moulding .......................................................................................................................... 261
REAR-VIEW MIRROR ......................................................................................................................................................................... 262
Summary of components of rear-view mirror ........................................................................................................................ 262
TRAILER COUPLING........................................................................................................................................................................... 264
Summary of components trailer coupling .............................................................................................................................. 264
ROOF RACK .................................................................................................................................................................................... 266
Summary of components of roof rack (Octavia Combi) ......................................................................................................... 266
ROOF SPOILER ................................................................................................................................................................................. 268
Summary of the components - for the complete rear spoiler ................................................................................................ 268
Removing and installing complete rear spoiler ...................................................................................................................... 268
SELF-ADHESIVE FOILS OCTAVIA RS WRC ........................................................................................................................................... 270
Important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils ............................................................................................................ 270
Remove self-adhesive foil ....................................................................................................................................................... 270
Summary of components of side self-adhesive foils ............................................................................................................... 270
Stick on side self-adhesive foils .............................................................................................................................................. 272
Summary of components of roof and engine hood self-adhesive foil .................................................................................... 274
Stick on roof and engine hood self-adhesive foils .................................................................................................................. 275
Summary of components of self-adhesive foils for rear bumper ........................................................................................... 277
Stick on self-adhesive foils for front and rear bumper ........................................................................................................... 278
Stick on the self-adhesive foils for the doors and the centre pillar ......................................................................................... 279
REAR SPOILER (FOR VEHICLES OCTAVIA SEDAN 4X4) ............................................................................................................................... 280

REAR SPOILER (FOR VEHICLES OCTAVIA COMBI RS) ................................................................................................................................ 282
Remove and install additional brake light (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS) ........................................................................... 283
DECORATIVE SHEETS TAXI................................................................................................................................................................. 285
Stick on decorative sheets and remove .................................................................................................................................. 285
DIMENSIONS OF HOLES FOR ROOF SIGN TAXI ........................................................................................................................................ 286
Summary of components of roof sign TAXI ............................................................................................................................ 286
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................................................... 288
INTERIOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR ............................................................................................................................................................ 288
Removing and installing the interior rear-view mirror ........................................................................................................... 288
Repairing with glue ................................................................................................................................................................ 288
Removing and installing the interior mirror with rain sensor ................................................................................................ 289
STORAGE AREAS, COVERS, TRIM PANELS ............................................................................................................................................... 291
Summary of components of centre console 08.96 ............................................................................................................ 291
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.96 ..................................................................................... 291
Removing and installing footwell covering on driver's side ................................................................................................... 292
Summary of components of centre console 08.98 ............................................................................................................ 293
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.98 ..................................................................................... 294
Summary of components of the front armrest ....................................................................................................................... 294
Removing and installing the sun visor .................................................................................................................................... 295
Removing and installing the rear reading light ...................................................................................................................... 296
RECESSED HANDLE ........................................................................................................................................................................... 297
Removing and installing recessed handle .............................................................................................................................. 297
ENTRANCE PLATES ........................................................................................................................................................................... 298
Removing and installing sill panels ........................................................................................................................................ 298
NET PARTITION PANEL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 299
Summary of components ....................................................................................................................................................... 299
HOLDER FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER......................................................................................................................................................... 301
Removing and installing holder for fire extinguisher ............................................................................................................. 301
DIMENSIONS OF HOLES FOR TAXI ....................................................................................................................................................... 302
Summary of components of printer ....................................................................................................................................... 302
Summary of components of the power socket ....................................................................................................................... 302
Roof aerial bore for TAXI two-way radio system .................................................................................................................... 303
Summary of components of switch for alarm system ............................................................................................................ 303
Summary of components for the off switch of the alarm system .......................................................................................... 304
Summary of components of microphone holder .................................................................................................................... 304
PASSENGER PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................................................... 305
SEAT BELTS ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 305
Removing and installing the front seat belt height adjustment ............................................................................................. 305
Remove and install front inertia reel and front seat belt fitting ............................................................................................ 305
Summary of components of inertia reel with front seat belt tensioner ................................................................................. 306
Summary of components of rear inertia reel ......................................................................................................................... 307

Remove and install rear seat belt height adjuster (Octavia Combi)....................................................................................... 308
Remove and install rear inertia reel (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................................ 309
Summary of components - middle three-point seat belt at the rear ...................................................................................... 310
Safety instructions for work on seat belt tensioners .............................................................................................................. 311
Removing and installing the front seat belt buckle ................................................................................................................ 312
Removing and installing the rear seat belt buckle ................................................................................................................. 313
Removing and installing belt guide ........................................................................................................................................ 313
Inspect seat belts.................................................................................................................................................................... 314
AIRBAG SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................................................................. 316
Overview of fitting locations .................................................................................................................................................. 316
Safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system ..................................................................................... 316
Replacement of airbag units following an accident ............................................................................................................... 317
Removing and installing driver airbag unit ............................................................................................................................ 318
Removing and installing the steering wheel .......................................................................................................................... 320
Removing and installing restoring ring with slip ring ............................................................................................................. 321
Removing and installing passenger airbag unit ..................................................................................................................... 321
Removing and installing the side airbag crash sensor ........................................................................................................... 322
Removing and installing front passenger airbag key switch .................................................................................................. 323
Removing and installing side airbag units.............................................................................................................................. 323
Removing and installing airbag control unit -J 234-............................................................................................................... 325
DISPOSAL OF PYROTECHNICAL PARTS BEFORE SCRAPPING THE VEHICLE ........................................................................................................ 327
Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle....................................................................................................... 327
Dispose of belt tensioner ........................................................................................................................................................ 328
TRIM, NOISE INSULATION....................................................................................................................................................... 329
DASH PANEL ................................................................................................................................................................................... 329
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.96 .................................................................................................................. 329
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.98 .................................................................................................................. 332
Removing and installing the central tube/dash panel ........................................................................................................... 336
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit .............................................................................................. 342
DOOR TRIM PANELS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 343
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with mechanical window lifter) ............................................................. 343
Removing and installing the front door trim panel ................................................................................................................ 343
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with power window lifter) ..................................................................... 344
Removing and installing the driver door trim panel ............................................................................................................... 345
Summary of components of rear door trim panel .................................................................................................................. 347
Removing and installing the rear door trim panel ................................................................................................................. 347
Removing and installing the damping foil of the door ........................................................................................................... 348
Remove window crank ........................................................................................................................................................... 349
Install window crank .............................................................................................................................................................. 350
PILLAR AND SIDE TRIM PANELS............................................................................................................................................................ 351
Summary of components of trim panel for pillar A ................................................................................................................ 351
Summary of components of trim panel for bottom pillar A ................................................................................................... 352

Removing and installing trim panels of pillar B ...................................................................................................................... 353
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C ................................................................................................................. 354
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C .......................................................................................................... 355
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C (Octavia Combi) ...................................................................................... 356
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C .......................................................................................................... 357
Removing and installing trim panel of pillar D (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................ 358
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT TRIM PANELS ............................................................................................................................................... 359
Removing and installing the trim panel for the luggage compartment floor ........................................................................ 359
Removing and installing side luggage compartment trim panel ........................................................................................... 360
Removing and installing the tailgate/luggage compartment covers ..................................................................................... 361
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 07.00 .................................................................................. 362
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 08.00 .................................................................................. 363
Removing and installing support for luggage compartment cover ........................................................................................ 364
Increased luggage compartment floor (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components ............................................................. 365
Luggage compartment-side trim panel (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components ............................................................ 366
Summary of components of tailgate/luggage compartment covers (Octavia Combi)........................................................... 367
Summary of components of tailgate trim panel (Octavia Combi) .......................................................................................... 368
Summary of components of support for the luggage compartment cover (Octavia Combi) ................................................. 369
Removing and installing foldable securing eyes in the luggage compartment (Octavia Combi 4x4 and RS) ........................ 370
MOULDED HEADLINER ...................................................................................................................................................................... 371
Removing and installing moulded headliner .......................................................................................................................... 371
Removing and installing moulded headliner (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................... 374
ROOF NOISE INSULATION PANELS ........................................................................................................................................................ 376
Summary of components of the roof noise insulation panels ................................................................................................ 376
SEAT FRAMES ......................................................................................................................................................................... 378
MECHANICALLY ACTIVATED FRONT SEATS ............................................................................................................................................. 378
Removing seat ........................................................................................................................................................................ 378
Installing seat ......................................................................................................................................................................... 379
Removing seat height adjustment handle.............................................................................................................................. 379
Installing seat height adjustment handle ............................................................................................................................... 380
Remove the backrest rack from the seat rack ........................................................................................................................ 380
Assembling seat rack and backrest rack ................................................................................................................................ 383
Removing and installing seat height adjusting elements....................................................................................................... 383
THE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SEAT WITH MEMORY ................................................................................................................................. 386
Removing and installing electrically operated seats .............................................................................................................. 386
Removing and installing the covers for electrically operated seats ....................................................................................... 386
Removing and installing control unit on electrically operated seats...................................................................................... 388
Removing and installing the operating unit for electrically operated seats........................................................................... 389
Removing and installing the seat length adjustment unit for electrically operated seats ..................................................... 390
Removing and installing the front seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats .................................................... 391
Removing and installing the rear seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats ..................................................... 392
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats ............................................... 393
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats ............................................... 394
REAR SEATS .................................................................................................................................................................................... 395
Removing and installing seat bench and backrest (separated).............................................................................................. 395
Removing and installing the seat bench with the child seat .................................................................................................. 397
Removing and installing the support RS (only Octavia Sedan)............................................................................................... 398
SEAT PADDING, COVERS ......................................................................................................................................................... 399
COVERS AND FRONT SEAT UPHOLSTERY ................................................................................................................................................ 399
Removing and installing front seat covers and upholstery .................................................................................................... 399
Removing and installing front backrest cover and upholstery ............................................................................................... 399
REAR SEAT COVERS AND UPHOLSTERY .................................................................................................................................................. 405
Removing and installing seat bench covers and upholstery (separated) ............................................................................... 405
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (separated) .................................................................... 406
Assembly overview of covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated).................................................. 408
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated) .............................................. 410
10
Body
Body Work
Technical data
Vehicle identification data
Vehicle identification number M99
The vehicle identification number is type-punched

into the bulkhead of the engine compartment. After
opening the front flap the vehicle identification
number is visible through a window in the plenum
chamber cover.
The vehicle identification

number can also be found as of
04.99 at the bottom left of the
front window corner.
1 - Manufacturer's world code
2 - Internal code
3 - Type
4 - Internal code
5 - Model year
6 - Manufacturing plant
7 - Vehicle body number
Note
Detailed information on the
meaning of individual markings
BookletOctavia
Vehicle identification number
M00
11
The vehicle identification number is type-punched

into the bulkhead of the engine compartment. After
opening the front flap the vehicle identification
number is visible through a window in the plenum
chamber cover.
The vehicle identification number can also be found

bottom left of the front window corner.
1 - Manufacturer's world code
2 - Model and version
3 - Engine fitted
4 - Airbag system (does not apply for India)
4 - Identification character for manufacturing month
(applies for India)
5 - Vehicle type
6 - Internal code
7 - Model year
8 - Manufacturing plant
9 - Body number
Note
Detailed information on the meaning of individual
markings BookletOctavia
Self diagnosis, V.A.G Inspection Service

Self-diagnosis function of the airbag system
Description of the system
The airbag system comprises:
t Airbag control unit
t Sensors for side impact
t Driver airbag
t Front passenger airbag
12
t Driver and front passenger side airbags

t mechanically activated seat belt pretensioner for driver and front passenger
t Switch for the front passenger airbag (optional equipment for vehicles MJ03 )
The described airbag system consists of the actuators, driver airbag, passenger airbag, driver and passenger side
airbags and two front seat belt tensioners. These are directly ignited by the airbag control unit -J234- in the event
of a crash as soon as the given activation criteria are exceeded.
The belt tensioners are ignited independently of the signal from the airbag control unit in the event of a crash.
The operation of the airbag units can be activated or blocked via the self-diagnosis Chapter.
If the airbag unit on the front passenger side is deactivated, the fault relating to airbag deactivation is stored in the
fault memory and, after subsequent re-activation, it is erased (only for vehicles which do not have a key switch for
the front passenger airbags).
The switching on and off operations are undertaken by means of the key switch for the front passenger airbag if
the vehicle is fitted with such a key switch.
When activating the driver and front passenger front airbags the fault crash data stored is entered in the fault
memory and the airbag control unit must be replaced with a new original part.
If the control unit detects a side impact it ignites the side airbag unit on the impact side. The fault crash data side
airbag DS stored or crash data side airbag FPS stored is entered in the fault memory. These data can be erased
3x at the most, after which the control unit must be replaced with a new original part (valid for vehicles 08.00 ).
For vehicles 07.00 these data cannot be erased, the control unit must be replaced with a new original part.
Code the new control unit when it is put into service Chapter.
If the airbag unit is ignited, the control unit sends a signal to the convenience system or central locking control unit
and to the engine control unit. This function serves as a passive safety.
When the airbag unit is released:
t all doors are unlocked
t the interior lighting is switched on
t if the fuel delivery unit is disconnected1)
1)
Depending upon the control unit version
Check the control unit signal using actuator diagnosis Chapter.

The airbag control unit -J234- is located in the front section of the centre console Chapter. The control unit is
equipped with a fault memory.
The control unit detects faults in the airbag system and stores them in a permanent memory.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are displayed as sporadic
faults SP.
After the ignition is switched on, the airbag warning light -K75- comes on for about 4 seconds. If the warning light
then flashes for a further 12 seconds this indicates that a front passenger airbag unit has been electronically
blocked (only for vehicles which do not have a switch for the front passenger airbag).
t If warning light -K75- does not go out after 4 seconds there is a fault. Interrogate the fault memory Chapter.
t
If the warning light -K75- goes out and then lights up again then the control unit is not coded, the wrong control
unit has been fitted or a fault is stored in the memory. Interrogate the fault memory Chapter.
If the airbag warning light -K75- flashes continuously, it is then necessary to replace the airbag control unit -J234.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and interrogate the fault memory using the diagnostic device V.A.G 1552-, -V.A.G 1551- or V.A.S 5051.
Note
t The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card 6.0.
t The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault read-out scan tool 13
V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific deviations (e.g. other display, possibility
of using a printer).
t To end the diagnosis or to switch to another address word select function 06 End output.
All displayed error messages refer to a fault table on the possible causes as well as targeted repairs.
Faults in other control units may be stored (e.g. disconnected plug connections) during testing and fitting. This is
why the fault memories of all control units must be interrogated and then erased.
Therefore it is necessary to:
Enter address word 00 Automatic Test Sequence. The diagnostic unit -V.A.G 1552-, if necessary -V.A.G 1551checks the fault memory of all vehicle systems.
If the corresponding CU responds with its identification number, the number of faults and type or No fault
recognized appears in the display.
Eliminate possible faults and erase fault memory.
Vehicle system test
HELP
Enter address word XX
The following is displayed after completion of the test

sequence:
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis

l All fuses o.k.
l Battery voltage at least 9.0 volts
Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis

Special tools and workshop equipment required
t Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552t Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3Ct Multimeter, e.g. -V.A.G 1526 At Test box -VAS 5056- with adapter cable -VAS 5056/1- and -VAS 5056/2WARNING
Check correct fitting and tightness of the wiring and plug connections with the ignition off (also possibly disconnect
the plug connections).
Before disconnecting the airbag plug connections the mechanic must electrically discharge himself.
Do not perform any continuity tests or other measurements on the ignition circuits with the airbags and belt
tensioners connected!
For rectifying faults or determining the cause of the fault, always end self-diagnosis and then re-start it again before
separating and re-connecting the individual airbag components!
Only the front passenger airbags can be locked Chapter. Locking of the other airbag unit must only be
undertaken in exceptional circumstances and then only by written permission of the PST department (Czech
Republic) or the importer.
When checking the electrical wiring loom for airbag system for short-circuit or open circuit the airbag plug
connections must be disconnected, switch off the ignition and disconnect the battery to check the airbag control
unit!
When removing and installing the airbag units observe the safety instructions for work on airbag units Chapter.
When removing and installing belt tensioners observe the safety instructions for work on belt tensioners
Chapter.
14
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected and re-connected, carry out additional operations Electrical System
t
Rep. gr.27.
t
When disconnecting the battery all values programmed (adaptation values) in vehicle control units are erased.
When re-connecting the battery these values must again be programmed!
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word
Airbag
The connection for self-diagnosis is located in the storage compartment below the steering wheel.
Connect vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552- with connecting

line -V.A.G 1551/3- when the
ignition is switched off.
Readout on display:
Note
If there is no readout on the display: Operating instructions of vehicle system
t
tester.
t
Vehicle system test

HELP
The automatic test sequence may be entered with address word 00, i.e. the
fault memory of all self-diagnosable systems in the vehicle is interrogated.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Enter address word 15 Airbag.
Readout on display:
Confirm the entry with the key Q.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test

15 - Airbag
Readout on display:
Note
One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a communication set-up
t
failure between vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and the control unit.
15
Vehicle system
test
Tester sends
address word 15
t Press the HELP button to display the possible fault causes.
Vehicle system test

HELP
The control unit does not respond!
Vehicle system test

HELP
C cable does not connect to pos. term.!
The ignition must be on!
Vehicle system test

->
The control unit does not
respond
Malfunctions occurred at the start of or during the program (external

sources of interference).
Check diagnostic cables as well as voltage supply.
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication set-up
After removing the possible fault cause re-enter address word 15 for
Airbag and confirm entry with key Q.
Read-out on display after entering address word 15:
Vehicle system test

Tester sends address word 15
and then the readout will appear:

The control unit identification number is displayed.
1J0 909 603 A

Coding 00065
Press key.
Readout on display:
AIRBAG VW 3 V02
->
WSC12345
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
HELP
Overview of selectable functions

Page
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
01 - Interrogating control unit version

02 - Interrogating fault memory
03-Actuator diagnosis
05 - Erasing fault memory
06 - End output
07 - Code control unit
08 - Read measured value block
10 - Adaptation

Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 15 Airbag Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 01.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Q
Readout on display:
t Top line:
Control unit part no. (1J0 909 603 A)
System designation (AIRBAG -VW3-)
1J0 909 603 A

VW3 V02
->
Coding 00065
WSC12345
Version number -V02t Bottom line:
AIRBAG
Code number
Operating number (is automatically stored in the control unit when
servicing the actual system)
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
16
HELP
Select function XX
End output (function 06) Chapter.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 02.

Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

The number of faults stored appears on the display.

X faults detected!
Press the buon to display the faults consecuvely.

Example:
The following appears in the display:
->
Source of interference: 00588
Press key.
Rectify the faults by referring to the fault table

Chapter.
Ignition device for airbag (driver's side)

N95
Resistance too great
If No fault detected the program returns to its initial position after the
button is pressed.
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears on the display: Operating instructions
V.A.G 1552.
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
Note
t If a fault is detected:
t 1. Remove fault.
t 2. Erase fault memory (Function 05).
t 3. Interrogate fault memory (Function 02) again.
03 - Actuator diagnosis
l
Before initiating the final control diagnosis for the airbag system, the complete function of the central locking
must be checked using the relevant final control diagnosis. Faults in the central locking must be eliminated.
The crash signal function can be checked with the final control diagnosis. This function serves as a passive safety.
When actuating the airbag, this opens the door locks and the tailgate lock using the central locking. At the same
time the interior lighting is switched on, if necessary the fuel pump is also disconnected.
Interrogate fault memory and erase.
Close the doors and the tailgate.
Put interior lighting switch in position door contact.
Connect vehicle system tester and select address word Airbag Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Q
Actuator diagnosis
->
Readout on display:
17
Crash signal
Note
The door locks and the tailgate lock are unlocked. The interior lighting is switched
on and if necessary the fuel pump is disconnected.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
END
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Function unknown or cannot

be carried out at the moment
->
->
Readout on display:
Note
After completion of the final control diagnosis select address word 00 automatic test
sequence and interrogate fault memory of all the control units and then erase (as the
faults may be stored during the test sequence).
04 - Overview of the control units

Number of
the CU 1)
1J0 909 603
B
1J0 909 603
A
1J0 909 608
AE
1J0 909 608
B
1J0 909 603
AT
1J0 909 603
AS
1J0 909 608
BE
1J0 909 608
BD
6Q0 909
601 0E
1C0 909 601
0E
1C0 909 601
2T
6Q0 909
601 0F
1C0 909 601
0F
1C0 909 601
31
6Q0 909
601 0T
1C0 909 601
Code
number
00066
Running Vehicle equipment

date
M99 Driver airbag
00065
M99 Driver and front passenger airbag units
16709
M99 Driver airbag, side airbags
00066
M99 Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags
16724
M00
Driver airbag
16723
M00
Driver and front passenger airbag units
16965
M00
Driver airbag, side airbags
16964
M00
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags
12357
12357
12884
12358
12358
13105
12372
12372
09.00 Driver airbag, CAN databus line

04.01
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00 Driver and front passenger airbag,
04.01 CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00 Driver airbag, without CAN databus line
04.01
05.01
18
Vehicle system
test
HELP
Select function
XX
0T
1C0 909 601
32
6Q0 909
601 11
1C0 909 601
11
1C0 909 601
33
6Q0 909
605 07
6Q0 909
605 08
6Q0 909
605 0B
6Q0 909
605 0C
6Q0 909
605 0K
1C0 909 605
0K
1C0 909 605
1L
6Q0 909
605 0L
1C0 909 605
0L
1C0 909 605
1M
6Q0 909
605 0M
1C0 909 605
0M
1C0 909 605
1N
6Q0 909
605 0N
1C0 909 605
0N
1C0 909 605
1P
1C0 909 601
2G
1C0 909 601
34
1C0 909 601
2H
1C0 909 601
35
1C0 909 605
1G
1C0 909 605
13106
12593
12593
13107
12343
12344
12354
12355
12363
12363
12620
12364
12364
12621
12365
12365
12622
12366
12366
05.03
06.03
09.00 Driver and front passenger airbag, without CAN
04.01 databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
02.01
04.01
05.01
05.03
Driver airbag, side airbags,

CAN databus line
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
CAN databus line
Driver airbag, side airbags, without CAN databus
line
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
without CAN databus line
Driver airbag, side airbags,
CAN databus line
06.03
02.01 Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
04.01 CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
02.01 Driver airbag, side airbags, without CAN databus
04.01 line
05.01
05.03
06.03
04.01 without CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
12624
06.03
12871
05.02 Driver and front passenger airbag, CAN databus

05.03 line, key switch for the front passenger airbags
13108
06.03
12872
05.02 Driver and front passenger airbag, without CAN

05.03 databus line, key switch for the front passenger
06.03 airbags
13109
12615
12627

05.03 CAN databus line, key switch for the front
06.03 passenger airbags
19
1S
1C0 909 605 12616
1H
1C0 909 605 12628
1T
1)

05.03 without CAN databus line, key switch for the front
06.03 passenger airbags
Current control unit versions see Catalogue of Original Parts

Requirements:
t Faults were eliminated.
t Fault memory was interrogated Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 05.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Fault memory was erased
Carefully follow the test sequence step by step: first interrogate the
fault memory and then erase.
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
t If this appears on the display then the test sequence is incorrect.

t
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Caution!
Fault memory was not
interrogated
06 - Ending output
Select function 06.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 - End output
Readout on display:
Switch off ignition.
Disconnect plug connection from vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552-.
Vehicle system test

HELP
07 - Coding airbag control unit

Coding is only possible if a new control unit is used.
l The airbag warning light -K75- remains lit.
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
20
HELP
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Enter code number as specified in table Chapter.
Code control unit

Enter code number
Q
XXXXX (032767
Example:
If the coding is accurate, it displays the control unit identification number with 1J0 909 603 A
VW 3 V02
->
the relevant character index and the workshop code.
Coding 00065
WSC12345
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
AIRBAG
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Readout on display:
The airbag warning light -K75- must go out after max. 4 sec.
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the following message
will be displayed:
Vehicle system test

Q
06 - End output
Readout on display:
In this case the control unit was not programmed with the data required for the vehicle. In
this case the control unit cannot be coded. The airbag warning light -K75- does not go out
and remains lit. Check whether the right control unit was fitted on the vehicle (compare part
number and character index), or whether possibly a wrong code was entered.
Fault
->
Coding
XXXXX not
accepted
Repeat coding.
08 - Reading measured value block

Note
Pay attention to the notes on performing the airbag system diagnosis Chapter.
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 15 Airbag
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Desired display group number Chapterread table of measured value
block and confirm entry with key Q.
Read measured value block

HELP
Enter display group
number XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual display fields
Chapter, read table of measured value block
Is correctly displayed in all indicator fields.
Reading measured value

block 1
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Interrogate the fault memory after ending the function Reading
measured value block Chapter.
21
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
09 - Fault table
Note
All the possible faults which can be detected by the control unit -J234- and displayed on the vehicle system
t
tester -V.A.G 1552-, are listed in the table according to the 5-digit fault code.
t SAE code, may be displayed on the right next to the fault number (e.g. 4214), ignore.
t
If in the display of the vehicle system tester -Info in der Literatur- appears, look for the text required in the fault
table under the fault code.
After repair always interrogate the fault memory using the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and erase the
memory.
If parts are output as faulty: First of all test all feed lines and plug connections to these components as well as
t the earth connections according to current flow diagram. Replace the component only if this test does not
reveal any fault. This applies particularly if the fault is shown as sporadic (SP).
t Pay attention to the notes on performing the airbag system diagnosis Chapter.
Display -V.A.G 155200000
no fault detected
00532
Supply voltage
Signal too high
Possible cause of fault Rectifying fault

If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the self-diagnosis is
completed.
incorrect voltage supply Check cables, plug connections and fuses in
(must be in the range
accordance with the current flow diagram
7.8...21.1 V)
Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations
Check supply voltage
Voltage regulator or AC Check voltage regulator or AC generator
generator defective
Electrical System Rep. gr.27
00588
Ignition device for
airbag (driver's side) N95-
00589
Ignition device 1 for
airbag (front passenger
side) -N131-
Signal too low
Battery discharged or
Replace battery or charge battery
defective
Voltage regulator or AC Check voltage regulator or AC generator
generator defective
Short circuit to
positive
Wiring or plug
connections defective
Check cables, plug connections and fuses in

Driver-side airbag
igniter -N95- defective
Replace airbag unit driver side
Short circuit to
earth
Resistance too
great
Resistance too
small
Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
Resistance too
great
Reading measured value block Chapter

Wiring or plug

Ignition device for

airbag front passenger
side -N131- defective
Replace the front passenger's airbag unit
Resistance too

22
00594
Airbag ignition circuits
small
Short circuit
Wiring or plug

00595
Crash data stored
Airbag units and belt

tensioner ignited
Erasing fault memory

Replace airbag control unit -J234 Replace airbag units and all damaged
components
01025
Fault lamp control
defective
Fault warning lamp

defective
Cables or plug
Replace dash panel insert Electrical

System Rep. gr.90
Replace airbag control unit -J234-
01044
Control unit wrongly
coded
01217
Ignition device side
airbag driver's side N199-1)
Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
Resistance too
great
Resistance too
small
01218
Short circuit to
positive
airbag front passenger Short circuit to
side -N200-1)
earth
Resistance too
great
Airbag control unit J234- defective

Missing or incorrect
coding of the airbag
control unit -J234Wiring or plug

airbag driver's side N199- defective
Coding control unit Chapter

Replace side airbag unit driver's side

Wiring or plug


Replace side airbag unit front passenger side
airbag front passenger's
side -N200- defective
Resistance too
small
01221
undefined switch Wiring or plug
Crash sensor side airbag status
driver's side -G179-1)
implausible signal

23

Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
defective
Crash sensor side airbag Replace crash sensor side airbag driver's side
driver's side -G179-G179defective
01222
undefined switch Wiring or plug
Crash sensor side airbag status
connections defective accordance with the current flow diagram
on the front passenger's implausible signal
side -G180-1)
Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
defective
01224
Control unit not suited
to vehicle
01226
Crash data side airbag
driver's side stored1)
Crash sensor side airbag Crash sensor side airbag front passenger's
front passenger's side side -G180- defective
G180- defective
wrong control unit used Install control unit in compliance with the
Catalogue of Original parts
Side airbag driver's side Erase fault memory Chapter2)
ignited
Replace airbag unit driver side and all
damaged components
Replace CU3)
01227
Crash data side airbag
front passenger's side
stored1)
Side airbag front

Erase fault memory Chapter2)
passenger's side ignited
Replace airbag unit front passenger side and
all damaged components
Replace CU3)
01228
Open circuit
Hexagon head cap scr.
Airbag deactivation. FPS Short circuit
-E224-
Wiring or plug
undefined switch
status

Replace key switch for deactivation of front
passenger side airbag Chapter
01280
Airbag front passenger
side OFF1)
01281
Airbag driver side OFF1)
Airbag front passenger

side deactivated
Blocking and activating the airbag units

Chapter
Airbag driver side

deactivated

Chapter
01284
Side airbag driver side
OFF1)
01285
Side airbag front
passenger side OFF1)
01299
Data bus diagnostic
interface -J533-
Side airbag driver's side

deactivated
Side airbag front
passenger's side
deactivated
no communication Fault in CAN databus
cables
no setting or
incorrect setting
24

Chapter
Test CAN databus lines Electrical System
Rep. gr.90
Read out Gateway fault memory Electrical
System Rep. gr.90
01312
Data BUS drive
defective
Cables or plug

test all control units using data BUS
01317
Control unit in dash
panel insert
-J258-
Control units using CAN

databus defective
no communication Cables or plug
connections defective accordance with the current flow diagram
Replace dash panel insert Electrical
System Rep. gr.90
01578
Open circuit
Warning light for airbag
off on the front
Short circuit to
passenger side -K145- positive
065535
Control unit -J234defective
Dash panel insert

defective
Wiring or plug
Control unit -J234defective

replace the airbag control unit with a new

original part in compliance with the
Catalogue of Original parts
1)
Depending upon the control unit version Chapter.
2)
Erase fault memory (control unit may be used 3x at the most)
3)
If the fault memory can no longer be erased (warning light -K75- flashes continuously)
Read table of measured value block

Display group 001
Reading measured value block 1 Readout on display
Text
Text
Text
Text
1
2
3
4 Display field
Ignition device 1 for belt tensioner front passenger's side
-N154Ignition device 1 for belt tensioner driver's side -N153Passenger-side front airbag igniter 1 -N131Driver-side front airbag igniter -N95-
Specified
value
correct
Analysis
Chapter
correct
correct
correct
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Analysis of display group number 001

Display
Denomination
Readout on
Rectifying fault
field
display
1
Driver-side front airbag correct No fault.
igniter -N95too small Visual inspection of the cable guide.
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug connections of
the relevant circuit and again check on the display.
25
If the display content changes to correct, erase fault memory.

Disconnect the plug connection of the ignition device from the
airbag.
If the display content changes to too great:
Replace the airbag unit.
If the display read-out stays on too small:
Disconnect the plug connection from the restoring ring with slip
ring.
Replace restoring ring with slip ring.
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit or open circuit, or
replace cable harness.
too great
Disconnect the plug connection of the ignition device from the

airbag.
Fit the plug connection of the airbag igniter into the plug
connection of the test box -VAS 5056- Chapter.
If the display read-out changes to correct:
If the display read-out stays on too great:
Disconnect the plug connection of the restoring ring with slip ring
from the cable harness.
Connect adapter cable -VAS 5056/2- of test box -VAS 5056- to
wiring loom of driver-side igniter in place of the contact ring with
slip ring Chapter.
If the display read-out changes to correct:
Replace restoring ring with slip ring.
Press button on test box -VAS 5056-.
to positive Visual inspection of the cable guide.

to earth
If the display content does not change:
Display
Denomination
field
2
Passenger-side front airbag
igniter 1 -N131-
Readout on Rectifying fault

display
correct No fault.
too small
Visual inspection of the cable guide.

Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug
connections of the relevant circuit and again check on
26
the display.
If the display content changes to correct, erase fault
memory.
Separate plug connection from the airbag unit front
passenger side from the cable harness.
Replace the front passenger's airbag unit.
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit or open
circuit, or replace cable harness.
too great
Connect test box -VAS 5056- with cable -VAS 5056/1- to

wiring loom of passenger-side ignition circuit Chapter.
Press button on test box -VAS 5056-.
If the display content changes to too small:
Replace the front passenger's airbag unit.

to earth

the display.
memory.
3
Ignition device 1 for belt

tensioner driver's side -N153-
correct
too great
too small
No fault.
the display.
memory.
Replace belt tensioner driver's side.
Replace damaged airbag units or belt tensioners.
Display
Denomination
Readout on
Rectifying fault
field
display
4
Ignition device 1 for belt
correct No fault.
tensioner front passenger's
too great Visual inspection of the cable guide.
side -N154too small
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug connections
of the relevant circuit and again check on the display. If the

display content changes to correct, erase fault memory.
27
Replace belt tensioner front passenger's side.

Replace damaged airbag units or belt tensioners.
Display group 003
Text
Text
Text
Text
1
2
3
4
Display field
Specified value Analysis
1)
Switch for belt tensioner front passenger's side
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
Switch for belt tensioner driver's side 1)
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
1)
Sender for seat occupation front passenger
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
Voltage supply
correct
Anchor
1)
Not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA

Display Denomination Readout on
Rectifying fault
field
display
1
Voltage
correct No fault.
supply
Onboard voltage must be in the range 9...16 V.
Check the onboard voltage of the vehicle Current flow diagrams,
Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations
Inspect AC generator Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit or open circuit, or replace
cable harness.
Check the plug connections of the cable harness for correct fitting and
tightness Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting
locations
Display group 005

Text
Text
Text
Text
1
2
3
4
Display field
Specified value Analysis
1)
Ignition device for side airbag rear passenger side
Ignore
1)
Ignition device for side airbag rear driver side
Ignore
Ignition device for side airbag front passenger side -N200correct
Anchor
Ignition device for side airbag driver's side -N199correct
Anchor
1)
Not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA

Display
Denomination
field
1
Ignition device for side
airbag driver's side -
Readout on
display
correct No fault.
Rectifying fault
28
N199too small Visual inspection of the cable guide.

too large
not fitted
the relevant circuit and again check on the display. If the display
content changes to correct, erase fault memory.
Replace defective wiring or plug connections.
Replace defective side airbag unit drivers' side.
to earth
Display
Denomination
Readout on
Rectifying fault
field
display
2
Ignition device for side
correct No fault.
airbag front passenger side
-N200too small Visual inspection of the cable guide.
too large
not fitted
Replace defective side airbag unit front passenger's side.
to earth

Display group number 010 (for vehicles of MJ 03 with key switch for the front passenger airbags)
Reading measured value block 10
Text
Text
Text
Text
1
2
3
4
Readout on display
Display field
Key switch for the front passenger airbag - condition of the

switch
Key switch for the front passenger airbags - switch off the front passenger
side airbag
29
Specified
value
Analysis
on
off
on
off
Anchor
Anchor
Key switch for the front passenger airbags - switch off the front passenger front
airbag
on
off
Anchor

Display
Denomination
Readout
Rectifying fault
field
on display
1
Key switch for the front
on
No fault.
passenger airbags - switch off the
off
front passenger front airbag
too small Visual inspection of the cable guide.
too large
not fitted
connections of the relevant circuit and again check on the
display. If the display content changes to On or Off,
erase fault memory.
Replace the defective key switch for the front passenger
airbag or the front airbag unit on the front passenger side.
2

passenger airbags - switch off the
front passenger side airbag
on
off
No fault.

too large
not fitted
erase fault memory.
airbag or the side airbag unit on the front passenger side.
3

passenger airbag - condition of
the switch
on
off
No fault.

too large
not fitted
erase fault memory.
airbags.
30
Parts inspection with test box -VAS 5056 CWith the test box -VAS 5056 C-, it is possible to inspect the individual components of the airbag system and
thereby determine which components are indeed defective.
Note
t Observe the safety instructions for working with airbag units Chapter and Chapter.
t
It is also possible to check the cable harness and plug connections in the airbag system without test box VAS 5056 C-, in which case you must:
Disconnect battery: if the battery earth strap is disconnected and reconnected, carry out additional operations
Electrical System Rep. gr.27.
t Unplug the relevant airbag unit.

t Unplug the cable harness of the airbag system from the airbag control unit -J234-.
t Check cable for open circuit or short-circuit, and possibly eliminate faults or replace cable harness.
t If no fault is found in the cable, replace the relevant airbag unit.
t
The cause of display read-out too small may be the incorrect function of the short-circuit bridge in the plug
connection of the connected airbag unit.
The cause of display readout too large may be an incorrect plug connection, e.g. contact resistance in the
plug connection of the connected airbag unit.
Connecting test box -VAS 5056 C- to front airbag driver's side

Remove the front airbag on the driver's side Chapter.
Removing bottom trim panel for steering-column control Chapter.
Connect the ignition plug for the airbag unit -1- to
the test box plug -VAS 5056 C-.
Disconnect the plug connection from the restoring
ring with slip ring.
Connect cable connector of test box -VAS 5056 Cto cable harness of the ignition circuit on the
driver's side.
1-
Insert the plug connection of the airbag ignition

device on the driver's side in the test box plug VAS 5056 C-
2 - Key
3 - Plug connection of restoring ring with slip ring
Connecting test box -VAS 5056 C- to front airbag
passenger side
Remove the glove compartment Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connection of the airbag unit
on the front passenger's side.
31
Connect cable connector of

test box -VAS 5056 C- to cable
harness of the ignition circuit
on the driver's side.
1 - Key
2 - Test box -VAS 5056 C3 - Cable of test box VAS 5056 C-
32
Deactivating and activating airbag units (adaptation)

The airbag control unit 8.00 allows the blocking (deactivation) of all airbag units in the vehicle. Blocking airbag
units on the front passenger side Chapter.
WARNING
At present the activation is only carried out on front passenger front airbag unit. If another channel is entered,
t other circuits are switched off and this fault can only be determined with the diagnostic unit, but not by the
warning light in the dash panel insert!
t
Locking of the other airbag unit must only be undertaken in exceptional circumstances and then only by written
permission of the PST department (Czech Republic) or the importer.
Deactivating and activating passenger-side airbag units (adaptation)

It is then necessary to deactivate the front airbag unit if it is intended to use a child seat on the front passenger
seat in which the child faces with its back to the direction of travel. In certain countries, national legislation
requires also deactivating the side airbags. The front passenger airbag unit must be activated again as soon as the
child seat is no longer required.
WARNING
Blocking the airbag must be performed in accordance with the legal requirements and regulations of the
t
country concerned.
t Pay attention to safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system Chapter.
For vehicles without a key switch for airbags
Blocking is performed using the diagnostic device -V.A.G 1552-, -V.A.G 1551- or V.A.S 5051. Blocking and activating
the front passenger airbags must be recorded in the registration card as well as in the service schedule and a
specified adhesive label must be affixed in the vehicle in case the airbag is blocked.
For vehicles with a key switch for airbags
For vehicles MJ03 which are fitted with the key switch for airbags, the switching on and off of the front
passenger airbag is performed by means of the key switch in the glove compartment. The driver operates the key
switch with the ignition key.
WARNING
When switching on and off the front passenger airbags, the ignition must be switched off.
Switching off the front passenger airbag is indicated by means of a warning light in the trim panel for interior
lights. Switching off of airbag using the key switch does not have to be registered or entered into the service
schedule. The specified adhesive label must not be affixed.
Blocking and activating airbag units on the front passenger side (for vehicles without a key switch for airbags)
Blocking is undertaken using the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- in the function mode 10 Adaptation using
the corresponding channels.
Channel
01
Block front passenger front airbag unit
Note
On vehicles 07.00 the blocking of the side airbag is not performed by the airbag control unit.
l Test preconditions for self-diagnosis must be fulfilled Chapter.
l Pay attention to safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system Chapter.
33
Deactivating front passenger airbags

t Cleaner Part No. D 009 401 04
t
For vehicles 07.00, set for deactivation of front passenger airbag part no. 1U0998521, the set has the
following two parts:
t Resistance plug connection

t Cable clamp
t Upholstery hose
t Information carrier
t Sticker
t For vehicles 08.00
t Insulating tape
t Adhesive label with blocking specification S00.5800.39.xx (xx - language number)
Remove glove compartment Chapter.
Disconnect the airbag unit plug connector.
Valid for vehicles 07.00:
Insert resistance plug connection into the plug connection of the cable harness.
Pull upholstery hose onto the plug connection and secure with cable clamp.
Valid for vehicles 08.00 :
Attach connector for airbag to the dash panel holder with adhesive tape.
Continued for all vehicles:
Install the glove compartment Chapter.
Continued for all countries:
Connect vehicle system tester and select address word Airbag Chapter.
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Confirm the entry with key Q.
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter channel number XX
Enter channel number 01.

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key Q.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
Channel 1
Adaptation
0 ->
FP airbag activated
WSC 12345 - - Channel 1
Adaptation
1 ->
FP airbag deactivated
Adaptation
Store changed value?
Channel 1
Adaptation
Changed value stored
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
34
1 Q
1 ->
HELP
Readout on display:
Confirm entry with key Q.
Vehicle system test

06 - End output
The airbag warning light -K75- goes out.

Readout on display:
Select function 02 Interrogate fault memory Chapter.
Check deactivation of the relevant airbag units: Passenger-side front airbag is switched off see
fault No. 01280.
If other faults appear in the display, they should be rectified according to the fault table
Chapter.
Disconnect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-.
For vehicles 07.00:
Insert orange information carrier in the diagnostic connection.
Note
The information carrier must remain inserted until the airbag is activated.
Continued for all vehicles:
Switch on ignition.
At first the warning light -K75- lights up for approx. 4 seconds and then flashes for approx. 12
seconds. This indicates that one of the ignition circuits is deactivated.
WARNING
On vehicles 08.00 the airbag system control unit can switch off any desired airbag unit. If a
channel other than 01 and 03 is entered, other circuits are switched off and this fault can only
be determined with the diagnostic unit, but not by the warning light in the dash panel insert!
Clean surface for sticker with cleaner -D 009 401 04- on airbag cover on front passenger side
next to the Airbag logo.
Make holes on the sticker e.g. using punch pliers and through this mark the deactivated
airbag unit. Affix the sticker on the dash panel under the logo Airbag on the front
passenger side.
After the passenger-side airbag units have been deactivated (switched off), it is then necessary
to complete the registration card for airbag system/belt tensioners. The original document
remains in the Service Department, the 1st copy is sent to the KODA Service Department
(Czech Republic) or to the Importer for registration (other countries), while the 2nd copy is
handed over to the customer (inserted into Service Book).
The deactivation must be recorded in the service schedule.
Note
Blocking the airbag must be performed in accordance with the legal requirements and
regulations of the country concerned.
Activating front passenger airbag
Remove glove compartment Chapter.
For vehicles 07.00:
Remove resistance plug connection from the plug connection of the cable harness.
Insert the plug of the cable harness into the airbag unit.
WARNING
The resistance plug connection must absolutely be removed for activation.
35
Vehicle system
test
HELP
Enter address
word XX
Remove the orange information carrier from the diagnostic connection.

For vehicles 08.00 :
Mount the airbag unit connector.
Install the glove compartment Chapter.
Connect the vehicle system tester and enter the address word 15 airbag Chapter,
function 10 and then enter the channel number 01.
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up.
Readout on display:
Press button.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Adaptation
1 ->
FP airbag deactivated
Adaptation
0 ->
FP airbag activated
WSC 12345 - - -
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Adaptation
Press key Q.
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Adaptation
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
0 Q
0 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output
The airbag warning light -K75- goes out.

Readout on display:
Switch on ignition.
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up and must go out after approx. 4 seconds.
If the warning light does not go out:
Select address word 15 airbag and then function 02 interrogate fault memory
Chapter.
If other faults appear in the display, they should be rectified according to the fault table
Chapter.
If the warning light goes out
-V.A.G 1552- separate.
Pull the sticker off the airbag cover and remove.
After the passenger-side airbag units have been activated (switched on), it is then necessary to
complete the registration card for airbag system/belt tensioners. The original document
remains in the Service Department, the 1st copy is sent to the KODA Service Department
(Czech Republic) or to the Importer for registration (other countries), while the 2nd copy is
handed over to the customer (inserted into Service Book).
The activation must be recorded in the service schedule.
36
Vehicle system
test
HELP
Enter address
word XX
Self-diagnosis for convenience system

The convenience system comprises the electric equipment in the doors:
t electrical central locking system with SAFE function
t power-window lifter with jamming protection
t electrically adjustable and heated exterior mirror
It also comprises other systems in the vehicle:
t Cut-off delay for interior lamp
t Monitoring and disconnection of all interior and luggage compartment lights as a battery discharge protection
t Sliding roof closing function via outside closing command
t Radio control for anti-theft alarm system and central locking
The vehicles can be equipped with different types of convenience systems. Individual types differ by:
t Actuation
t Parts (control units, key pads, electrical installations etc.)
t inner function of the control units
t Diagnostic
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit Chapter.
WARNING
t When exchanging the parts pay attention not to interchange them, see Catalogue of Original Parts!
t Subsequently only electrical and electronic systems approved by the company koda a.s. can be installed!
Summary of components for the convenience system units
37
1 - Central control unit for convenience system -J393q It is located behind the lower part of the dash panel on the driver's side.
q Removing Chapter.
2 - Connector
q Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar A.
3 - Door control unit driver side for convenience system -J386q Fixed to the window lifter motor.
q Removing:
Remove window lifter motor Chapter.
4 - Door lock
q Removing Chapter.
5 - Connector
q Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar B.
6 - Door control unit rear left for convenience system -J388q Fixed to the window lifter motor.
q Removing:
38
7 - Door lock
q Removing Chapter.
8 - Tailgate lock control
q Installed below the trim panel of the tailgate.
q Removing Chapter.
9 - Tank flap lock
q Removing Chapter.
10 - Door lock
q Removing Chapter.
11 - Door control unit rear right for convenience system -J389q Fixed to the window lifter motor.
q Removing:
12 - Activating the sliding roof
q Removing Chapter.
13 - Interior lamp
q Removing Chapter.
14 - Door lock
q Removing Chapter.
15 - Connector
q Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar B.
16 - Door control unit front passenger side for convenience system -J387q Fixed to the window lifter motor.
q Removing:
17 - Control unit for the airbag system
q Removing Chapter.
18 - Connector
q Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar A.
Operation
The central control unit for convenience system -J393- is located in the dash panel. It is equipped with a
fault memory. The connection for the self-diagnosis is located below the storage compartment under the
steering column.
The control unit detects faults and malfunctions in the convenience system and stores them in the permanent
memory.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and retrieve the stored information using the vehicle system
tester -V.A.G 1552- oder -V.A.G 1551-.
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card
t
6.0.
t The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault read-out scan tool
39
-V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific deviations (e.g. other display,
possibility of using a printer etc).
The displayed fault messages refer to a fault table including indications on the possible causes as well as
targeted repairs.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are displayed as
sporadic faults SP.
Function indicator
The optical Safe function indicator is a LED mounted in the lock button of the driver's door.
Connecting vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and selecting the address
word for the convenience system central control unit -J393Special tools and workshop equipment required
t Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- with cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B, 3CTest requirements:
t All fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.
t Battery voltage at least 9 V.
Switch off ignition and connect

up vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552- using the
appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Enter address word 46 Central module convenience

system.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q
46 - Central module convenience system
Vehicle system test
Note
t One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a communication
40
Vehicle system test
HELP
The control unit does
not respond!
set-up failure between vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and the control unit.
t Press HELP key to display the possible fault causes.
Vehicle system test

HELP
K cable does not connect to pos. term.

Check diagnostic connection as well as voltage supply.
After removing the fault cause re-enter address word 46 for the function
Central module convenience system and confirm with the key Q.
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication
set-up
Vehicle system test


The display shows the control unit identification number, e.g.:
If for example a further CU is displayed Chapter, interrogate
control unit version.
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Driver's door control unit)
Vehicle system test

->
No signal from the control
unit
1J0959799AH Central CU comf.

0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC
XXXXX
1U4959801B 5N Door control unit
FS0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Passenger's door control
unit)
1U4959802B 5Q Door control unit.

>
FS0002r -
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Door control unit RL)
1U0959811B 5Q Door control unit
HL0002r ->
HL0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Door control unit RR)
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
HELP

Page
01 - Interrogating control unit version Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
06 - End output
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
10 - Adaptation
Chapter
Interrogating control unit version

The vehicles are equipped with different types (generations) of convenience system control units, which differ
from each other by error messages, measured value blocks and adaptation. In order to determine the type
(generation) of the convenience system, first of all the control unit identification number of the part at the vehicle
system tester must be read and this control unit must then be selected in the overview of the control units
41
Chapter. Here the running date of the production and the row number generation are indicated. This
information determines the further procedure of the repair.
Connecting vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and selecting the address word for the convenience system
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Select function 01.
HELP

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q
The vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- displays the control unit
identification number, e. g.:
t 1J0 959 799 AH = Part no. of the control unit
1J0959799AH Central CU comf.
0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC
XXXXX
t Central CU comf. = System designation

t 0001 = Program status number
t Coding 04097 = Coding variant
t WSC = Workshop code
Press key.
Readout on display: (Driver's door control unit)
1U4959801B 5N Door control unit
FS0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Passenger's door control
unit)
1U4959802B 5Q Door control unit.

>
FS0002r -
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Door control unit RL)
HL0002r ->
HL0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Door control unit RR)
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Overview of all the convenience system control units according to running

date and generation
Valid for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)
Central control unit part Program
Control unit function
no.
number
3B0 959 799 S 1)
V42
Control unit without radio control and alarm function
LHD
3B0 959 799 AA 1)
V42
RHD
3B0 959 799 R 1)
V42
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm
function
LHD
1)
3B0 959 799 T
V42
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm
function
RHD
42
Door control unit part

no.
1U6 959 793 1)
1U1 959 802 1)
1U4 959 811 1)
1U4 959 812 1)
1)
Denomination
Door control unit drive -J386Door control unit passenger J387Door control unit RL -J388Door control unit RR -J389-
Program
number
V42
V42
V42
V42

Door control unit, driver side
Door control unit passenger's
side
Door control unit RL
Door control unit RR
Valid for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Central control unit part Program
no.
number
1J0 959 799L OW 1)
0002
limousine, LHD
1)
1J0 959 799L OZ
0002
limousine, RHD
1J0 959 799M OX 1)
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm
function
limousine, LHD
1)
1J0 959 799M OY
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
function
limousine, LHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 10
0002
function
limousine, RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 11
0002
function
limousine, RHD
1)
1J0 959 799L 29
0002
Combi, LHD/RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 2A
0002
function
Combi, LHD/RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 2B
0002
function
Combi, LHD/RHD
Door control unit part no. Denomination

Program number Control unit function
1)
1U4 959 801A OW
Door control unit DS 0022
Driver's door control unit, LHD
1U6 959 802A OZ 1)
Door control unit DS 0022
Driver's door control unit, RHD
1)
1U4 959 802A OW
Door control unit FP 0022
Passenger's door control unit, LHD
1)
1U6 959 801A OZ
Door control unit FP 0022
Passenger's door control unit, RHD
1)
1U0 959 811A OW
Door control unit RL 0022
1)
1U0 959 812A OW
Door control unit RR 0022
1)
For vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)

Central control Equipment Vehicle type and Control unit function
unit part no.1)
code
steering
43
1J0 959 799Q
5S
5B
5G3)
1J0 959 799N
1J0 959
799AH
5M3)
5T
5C
5T
5C
5H3)
1J0 959 799N
1J0 959
799AH
5N3)
5U
5D
5U
5D
5J3)
1J0 959 799N
1J0 959
799AH
5P3)
59
5E
59
5E
5K3)
1J0 959
799AH
5Q3)
5L2)3)
5R2)3)
1J0 959
799AH
7R3)
7Q3)
1J0 959 799N
5A2)
5F2)
1J0 959
799AH
5A2)
5F2)
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine/RHD
Combi/RHD
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without

alarm function
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without
alarm function

function (without interior monitoring)
function (without interior monitoring)

function (with interior monitoring)
function (with interior monitoring)

function (with interior monitoring) and alarm system with
independent power supply
Limousine/LHD Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
Combi/LHD
Limousine/RHD Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
Combi/RHD
1)
2)
Design for Great Britain
3)
Design with tilting roof Webasto
44
Door control unit part no. 1) Denomination

1U4 959 801B 5S
Door control unit DS 0001r
1U6 959 802B 5S
Door control unit DS 0001r
1U4 959 802B 5S
Door control unit FP 0001r
1U6 959 801B 5S
Door control unit FP 0001r
1U0 959 811B 5S
Door control unit RL 0001r
1U0 959 812B 5S
Door control unit RR 0001r
1)
Valid for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)

Central
Equipment Vehicle type and Control unit function
control unit
code
steering
part no.1)
1C0 959 799
3P
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, with
3Q
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with
CAN databus line.
4F
Combi/LHD
4G
Combi/RHD
CA
CB
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
DK
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line.
DL
Combi/RHD
1C0 959 799
3R
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, only
A
3S
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line.
4H
Combi/LHD
4J
Combi/RHD
CC
CD
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
DM
DN
Combi/RHD
1C0 959 799
3T
D
electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert
without
CAN databus line.
3U
Limousine/RHD
4K
Combi/LHD
4L
Combi/RHD
1C0 959 799
3V
E
with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without
3W
Limousine/RHD CAN databus line.
4M
Combi/LHD
4N
Combi/RHD
1C0 959 799
3X
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control; without alarm function, with
B
3Y
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with
CAN databus line.
4P
Combi/LHD
4Q
Combi/RHD
CE
CF
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
DP
DQ
Combi/RHD
45
1C0 959 799

A
1C0 959 799

F
1C0 959 799

E
1C0 959 799

C
3Z
40
4R
4S
CG
CH
DR
DS
41
42
4T
4U
43
44
4V
4W
3Y
3X
4Q
4P
CJ
DQ
1C0 959 799

G
42
1C0 959 799

B
4U
45
46
1C0 959 799

A
4X
4Y
CK
CL
DT
DU
47
48
1C0 959 799

F
4Z
50
CM
CN
DV
DW
49
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control; without alarm function, only
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line.
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert
Limousine/RHD without CAN databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without
Limousine/RHD CAN databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz); without alarm
Limousine/LHD function, with electric window lifters for all windows, dash
panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD function, with electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate
actuation by microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus
line
function, with electric window lifters for all windows, dash
Combi/RHD panel insert without CAN databus line
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control and alarm function, with electric
Limousine/RHD window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control and alarm function, only with
Limousine/RHD front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by microswitch,
Combi/LHD dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert without CAN
46
1C0 959 799

E
1C0 959 799

C
4A
51
52
4B
4C
53
54
4D
55
CP
DX
1C0 959
799G
1C0 959
799G
4E
56
45
4X
1)
Limousine/RHD databus line

Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without CAN
Limousine/RHD databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
Combi/LHD only with front electric window lifters,
dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
Combi/RHD only with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
only with front electric window lifters,
Combi/RHD dash panel insert without CAN databus line
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
with electric window lifters for all windows,
Combi/LHD dash panel insert without CAN databus line
Door control unit part no. 1) Denomination

1U4 959 801D
Door control unit DS
00022)
3)
0003
1U6 959 802D
Door control unit DS
00022)
3)
0003
1U4 959 802D
Door control unit FP
00022)
00033)
1U6 959 801D
Door control unit FP
00022)
00033)
1U0 959 811D
00022)
3)
0003
1U0 959 812D
00022)
3)
0003
1)
2)
CU with integrated relay from the company SIEMENS
3)
CU with integrated relay from the company TICO
Interrogating fault memory

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

47

Press the button to display the stored faults consecutively. Fault cause and
fault removal Chapter, Chapter or Chapter.
X faults detected!
->
Note
t If a fault is detected: 1. Rectify the fault.
t 3. Perform a functional test of the convenience system.
t 4. Interrogate fault memory (Function 02) again
button is pressed.
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears in the display: Operating instructions for
vehicle system tester
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system tester.
Fault table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)

Note
Below is a list of all possible faults detected by the central control unit for convenience system -J393- and
t
displayed on -V.A.G 1552-, arranged according to their 5-digit fault code.
t
Before replacing components found to be defective first check the wiring and plug connections to these
components as well as the earth cables according to the current flow diagram.
t Check tight fit of all the plug connections on the relay plate.
t
memory.
t The fault table may also display the fault type.

Readout on -V.A.G 155200000
No fault detected
65535
Control unit defective
Possible cause of fault
If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the self-diagnosis is completed.

t Control unit defective
t
00668
El. syst. voltage tml. 30
Signal too low
00849
S contact
undefined switch status
Rectifying fault
Replace control unit
Wiring or plug connections

defective
t Battery discharged
Check wiring and plug connections according to

the current flow diagram
Charging battery

defective

Terminal 15 O.K., S contact

defective
Reading measured value block, display group

number 10 Anchor
t Wiring or plug connections

48
defective
00928
CL lock unit on the driver's
side -F220implausible signal
t Locking unit defective
Replace locking unit

defective

No supply voltage for CL on

driver's door
Inspect supply voltage

Check mechanism and ensure smooth operation
Resistance in the mechanism of

t the locking unit and control
elements
00929
CL lock unit on the
passenger's side -F221implausible signal

defective


passenger's door


elements
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
implausible signal

defective


rear left door


elements
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-

defective


rear right door


elements
00932
Window lifter motor driver's
side -V147t Motor defective
implausible signal
t
defective
t

driver's door
49
Replace motor
t
00933
Window lifter motor front
passenger side - V148
implausible signal
Resistance in window lifter

mechanism
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


passenger's door


t
mechanism
00934
Window lifter motor rear
left - V26
implausible signal
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


rear left door


t
mechanism
00935
right - V27
implausible signal
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


rear right door


t
mechanism
00936
Window lifter switch in the
front passenger door - E107 t Switch defective
implausible signal
short-circuit to positive
t
defective
Replace switch
Read measured value block, display group
number 005 Anchor
00937
rear left door - E52
implausible signal
t Switch defective
t
Replace switch

defective

number 008 Anchor
00938
rear right door - E54
implausible signal
t Switch defective
t
Replace switch

defective
50


number 007 Anchor
00939
Motor for mirror
adjustment driver's side V149-
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective

No supply voltage on driver's

door
00940
Motor for mirror
t Motor defective
adjustment front passenger
side -V150t
defective
t
00943
Heated exterior mirror
driver's side -Z4-
00944
Heated exterior mirror on
front passenger side -Z5-
00945
Crash sensor for front airbag
-G190Short circuit to earth
No supply voltage on front

passenger door
t Mirror heating defective
Replace motor
Replace exterior mirror

defective


door
Mirror heating (front passenger Replace exterior mirror

side) defective
t
defective
t

passenger door

defective

The outlet can also be checked with the final
control diagnosis for airbag Chapter
00946
Interior lamp
Short circuit to positive
00947
Switch for tailgate remote
release
Short circuit to earth

defective

Interior light or one of the

reading lights defective
Replace light

defective

t Switch defective
Replace switch
00948
Close sliding roof signal
51

00949
Motor for CL tailgate LOCK
(locked)
00950
Motor for CL tailgate
UNLOCK (unlocked)
00951
Tailgate remote release
relay -J398Short circuit to positive
00952
Signal for driver's door open
00953
Time limit of interior light

defective
t Motor defective

Replace motor

defective

Lock control mechanism

defective
Check lock control mechanism and ensure

smooth operation
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


defective

smooth operation

defective


defective


defective

t Defective
Replace interior light
00954
Terminal 50 relay
t

defective
00955
Key 1 outside of reception
range
Adaption limit exceeded
t Key not adapted
00956
range
t Key not adapted
00957
range
t Key not adapted
Key was operated over 200

t times outside the reception
range

range

range
52

number 013 Anchor
Perform adaptation Chapter

number 013 Anchor

number 013 Anchor
00958
range
00960
Key switch CL driver's side
Implausible signal
00961
Key switch CL front
passenger side
t Key not adapted

range

defective
t Switch defective

defective
01135
Sensors for interior
monitoring
Open circuit in
wiring/defective

number 006 Anchor
Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb

defective

Alarm horn defective
Replace alarm horn

Replace fuse

defective

t Sensor -G273- defective
Replace sensor
t Sensor -G273- not installed
Check connection

defective
01179
Key programming wrong
01328
Convenience databus

number 003 Anchor
Replace switch
t Fuse defective
t
Replace switch
t Switch defective
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short circuit to t
positive
t
short circuit to earth
01134
Alarm horn -H12undefined switch status t

number 013 Anchor

Program key again Chapter, adaptation

defective
t Control units defective

If the wiring is O.K. then:
Disconnect all doors and re-connect in sequence.
Pay attention to the measured value block.
Replace the CU blocking the data bus for
convenience functions
number 012 Anchor
01329
53
Data BUS Comfort in

emergency running mode

defective

Disconnect all doors and re-connect in sequence.
number 012 Anchor
01330
Control unit for convenience
system
defective

t
no communication
01331
Door control unit driver's
side -J386defective
Fault in the communication

cable between CU
Perform a functional test
Check wiring between CU according to the

current flow diagram Current flow diagrams,

t
no communication
01332
Door control unit
passenger's side -J387defective

cable between CU


no communication

t
cable between CU
01333
Door control unit rear left J388defective


no communication

t
cable between CU
01334
Door control unit rear right J38954

defective

no communication
01362
Lock key button tailgate F124Short circuit to earth

t
cable between CU

Resistance in lock control

mechanism or lock cylinder

smooth operation

defective
Replace lock cylinder

number 010 Anchor
01389
Unlock tailgate key button


smooth operation

defective

number 010 Anchor
Fault table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

No fault detected
65535
00849
S contact on ignition starter
switch D
Rectifying fault


defective
Check wiring and plug connections

according to the current flow diagram

defective
Reading measured value block, display

group number 10 Anchor

defective

00912
Front left window lifter switch - Wiring or plug connections
t
E40defective
implausible signal
Front left window lifter switch short circuit to earth
t
E40- defective
t
Front left window lifter switch

loose
55

Replace front left window lifter switch E40 Check the attachment of the window lifter
switch

number 002 Anchor
00913
Front right window lifter switch Wiring or plug connections
t
in the driver's door -E81defective
implausible signal
Front right window lifter switch short circuit to earth
t
E81- defective
t
Front right window lifter switch

loose

Replace front right window lifter switch E81 Check the attachment of the window lifter
switch
number 002 Anchor
00914
Rear left window lifter switch
in the driver's door -E53implausible signal

defective

Rear left window lifter switch E53- defective
Replacing rear left window lifter switch

t
loose
00915
Rear right window lifter switch
t
in the driver's door
defective
-E55Rear right window lifter switch implausible signal
t
E55- defective
t
loose
00928
CL lock unit on the driver's side
-F220t Locking unit defective
implausible signal
t
defective
t
driver's door
wrong equipment
Check the attachment of the window lifter

switch
number 002 Anchor
Replacing rear right window lifter switch
switch
number 002 Anchor
number 003 Anchor

elements
Check mechanism and ensure smooth

operation
t other locking unit type fitted 1)
00929
CL lock unit on the passenger's
side -F221t Locking unit defective
implausible signal
t
defective
t
passenger's door
elements
56

number 006 Anchor
operation
wrong equipment
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
implausible signal

number 008 Anchor

defective
No supply voltage for CL on rear

t
left door
wrong equipment
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223implausible signal

operation

number 007 Anchor

defective

t
right door
00933
passenger side
-V148implausible signal

operation
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


driver's door
2)
No initialisation for automatic

lift/lower lift mechanism
t Motor defective

operation 2)
Carry out initialisation for automatic

lift/lower lift mechanism Body Work
Rep. gr.57
Replace motor

defective


passenger's door
t Window lifter mechanism stiff 2)

no setting or incorrect setting


elements
t Window lifter mechanism stiff


elements
wrong equipment
00932
side -V147implausible signal


57

operation 2)

Rep. gr.57
00934
Window lifter motor rear left
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


left door


00935
Window lifter motor rear right
- V27
t Motor defective
implausible signal
t
defective
t

right door

00936
front passenger door - E107
implausible signal 3)
short circuit to positive

t Switch defective
t

operation 2)

Rep. gr.58
Replace motor
operation 2)

Rep. gr.58
Replace switch

defective
t Switch loose

Check switch fastening
number 005 Anchor
00937
Window lifter switch in the rear
left door - E52
t Switch defective
t
defective
t Switch loose
Replace switch
number 008 Anchor
00938
Window lifter switch in the rear
right door - E54
t Switch defective
t
defective
t Switch loose
Replace switch
number 007 Anchor
00939
58
Motor for mirror adjustment

driver's side -V149-
t Motor defective
t
Replace motor

defective

t No supply voltage on driver's door Inspect supply voltage

00940
Motor for mirror adjustment
front passenger side - V150
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


passenger door
00943
Heated exterior mirror driver's t Mirror heating defective
side - Z4
t
defective

t No supply voltage on driver's door Inspect supply voltage

00944
Heated exterior mirror on front Mirror heating (front passenger
t
passenger side -Z5side) defective
t
defective
00945
Crash sensor for front airbag G190Short circuit to earth

passenger door

defective


The outlet can also be checked with the
final control diagnosis for airbag Chapter
00946
Interior light - W
00948
00949
(locked)
implausible signal

defective
Interior light or one of the reading Replace light

lights defective

defective
t Motor defective
t


Replace motor

defective

t Lock control mechanism defective Check lock control mechanism and ensure
smooth operation
00950
Motor for CL tailgate UNLOCK
t Motor defective
Replace motor
59
(unlocked)
implausible signal

defective

t Lock control mechanism defective Check lock control mechanism and ensure
smooth operation
00952
00953
implausible signal

defective


defective

Interior light and reading light

wrongly connected

t Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective
00955
range
t Key not adapted
00956
range
t Key not adapted
00957
range
t Key not adapted
00958
range
t Key not adapted
01030
Lock the CL key switch on the
driver's
side
Key was operated over 200 times

outside the reception range




defective

number 013 Anchor
number 013 Anchor
number 013 Anchor
number 013 Anchor

number 003 Anchor
t Switch defective
Replace switch
t Lock cylinder loose
Check lock cylinder
01031
Unlock the CL key switch on
the driver's
side
60
Implausible signal
01032
Lock the CL key switch on the
passenger's
side
01033
the passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective

number 003 Anchor
t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

defective

number 006 Anchor
t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

defective

number 006 Anchor
t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01034
Window lifter: Thermo fuse
active, driver
t

defective

number 003 Anchor
Window lifter mechanism loose or Check mechanism

stiff
Check window lifter motor
t Resistance in window lifter motor
t
01035
active, passenger's side
t

defective

number 006 Anchor

stiff
t
01036
active, RL
t

defective

number 008 Anchor

stiff
t
01037
active, RR
t Wiring or plug connections
61
defective
number 008 Anchor

stiff
t
01038
Central locking, thermo fuse
t

defective

number 014 Anchor
t Resistance in door locks
Check door locks
t another control unit fitted
t Control unit wrongly coded
Check coding of the control unit
t Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb
01044
Control unit wrongly coded
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short circuit to
positive
t
01134
Alarm horn -H12undefined switch status
01135
Sensors for interior monitoring
Open circuit

defective
t Alarm horn defective
Replace alarm horn
t Fuse defective
Replace fuse

defective


defective
Replace sensor
t Sensor defective
defective
01141
Tailgate release switch -E165Short circuit to earth
01179
01328
Convenience databus

Check connection
t Sensor not connected

defective

Tailgate release switch -E165defective
Replace tailgate release switch -E165-
Key adaptation was not carried

out correctly

defective

Disconnect all doors and re-connect in
sequence. Pay attention to the measured
62

number 003 Anchor
value block.
number 012 Chapter
01329
Data BUS Comfort in

defective
replace relevant control unit

sequence. Pay attention to the measured

value block.
number 012 Anchor
01330
system
defective
no communication
t No meaning
The system is in order despite the fault

entry
Supply voltage too great

supply voltage too small
t Supply voltage not o.k.

Check supply voltage of CU
01331
Door control unit driver's side J386
defective
no communication
t No meaning

entry
number 012 Anchor


Check supply voltage driver's door
01332
Door control unit passenger's
side -J387defective
no communication
t No meaning

entry
63

number 012 Anchor

Check supply voltage front passenger door
01333
Door control unit rear left J388defective
no communication
t No meaning

entry
number 012 Anchor


Check supply voltage door RL
01334
Door control unit rear right J389defective
no communication
t No meaning

entry


number 012 Anchor
Check supply voltage door RR
01358
Switch for inside locking,
driver's side -E150Implausible signal

defective

number 005 Anchor
01362
Switch for tailgate: close -F124Short circuit to earth

defective



smooth operation
64

number 010 Anchor
01389
Open switch for tailgate -F124Implausible signal
t
defective
t



smooth operation
number 010 Anchor
1)
A different Safe function in countries with special regulations
2)
It is possible that the door window in the window run is also stiff
3)
A fault arises if the key of the switch is pressed for longer than 5 minutes in one direction, i.e if both signals occur
simultaneously
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system),

05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
Readout on -V.A.G 155265535 1361)
No fault detected
65535 0001)

Rectifying fault

defective
t Control unit CL defective
Replace control unit CL
00849
S contact on ignition starter
t
switch D
defective
t
defective
00912
Front left window lifter
switch
-E40implausible signal


number 010 Chapter display field 1, 006
Chapter display field 3


defective

Front left window lifter switch E40- defective
Replace front left window lifter switch -E40-
Front left window lifter switch

t
loose

switch

number 002 Chapter or 001 Chapter
display field 1
00913
Front right window lifter
switch in the driver's door Check wiring and plug connections according to
t
E81the current flow diagram
defective
implausible signal
t Front right window lifter switch - Replace front right window lifter switch -E81short circuit to earth
65
E81- defective
t
Front right window lifter switch

loose
00914
Rear left window lifter
switch in the driver's door - t defective
E53Rear left window lifter switch t
implausible signal
E53- defective
t
loose

switch

switch
00915
Rear right window lifter
switch in the driver's door
-E55implausible signal

defective

Rear right window lifter switch E55- defective

switch
wrong equipment

number 002 Chapter display field 3 or
display field 1

defective

driver's door


elements
00929
CL lock unit front passenger
side -F221t Locking unit defective
implausible signal
t
defective
t
wrong equipment

number 002 Chapter display field 4 or

t
loose
00928
CL lock unit driver's side F220implausible signal

number 002 Chapter or Chapter display
field 2

passenger's door

operation

display field 2


elements
00930
CL lock unit
rear left -F222-

operation

66
implausible signal
wrong equipment
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223implausible signal
wrong equipment

display field 3

defective

left door


elements

defective

right door


elements

operation
Replace motor

driver's door
00933
passenger side

display field 4
00932
side
t Motor defective
-V147Wiring or plug connections
implausible signal
t
defective
no setting or incorrect
setting

operation

3)

operation 3)
missing or incorrectly set window Initialisation for automatic lift/lower lift

lifter mechanism
mechanism Chapter
t Motor defective
Replace motor

defective


passenger's door

setting
00934
left
t Motor defective
3)

operation 3)

lifter mechanism
mechanism Chapter
Replace window lifter motor

defective


left door
67

setting
00935
right
t Motor defective

lifter mechanism
mechanism Chapter
Replace window lifter motor

defective


right door

setting
operation 3)

operation 3)

lifter mechanism
mechanism Chapter
00936
front passenger door -E107- t Switch defective
implausible signal4)
t
defective
t Switch loose
Replace switch for window lifter

00937
rear left door -E52implausible signal4)
t Switch defective
t

defective
t Switch loose

00938
rear right door -E54implausible signal4)
t Switch defective
t

display field 1

defective
t Switch loose

00939
Motors for mirror
adjustment driver's side V149-

display field 1
t Motor defective

number 007 Chapter display field 1 or 005
Replace motors for mirror adjustment

defective


door
00940
68
Motors for mirror

t Motor defective
adjustment front passenger
side -V150t
defective
t
00941
Motor for mirror folding
driver's side -V121-

passenger door
t Motor defective
defective


passenger door

passenger door
t Mirror heating defective
Replace motor for mirror folding


defective


door
Mirror heating (front passenger

side) defective

t
defective
00945
00944
Heated exterior mirror on
front passenger side -Z5-

Replace motor for mirror folding
00942
Motor for mirror folding
t Motor defective
front passenger side -V122Wiring or plug connections
t
defective
00943
Heated exterior mirror
driver's side -Z4-
Replace motors for mirror adjustment

passenger door

defective


00946
Interior light - W

defective


Replace light

system defective
Replace control unit for convenience system

Chapter
00947
release -E18869

00948
00949
(locked)
00950
UNLOCK (unlocked)
00951
Tailgate remote release
relay -J398Short circuit to positive
00952
00953
implausible signal

defective


defective

t Motor defective
Replace motor for CL tailgate

defective


defective

smooth operation
t Motor defective

defective


defective

smooth operation

defective


defective


defective

Interior light and reading light

wrongly connected
t Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective
00955
Key 1
t Key not adapted
00956
Key 2
t Key not adapted


t
t
00957
70
Key 3
t Key not adapted
00958
Key 4
t Key not adapted
01030
Lock the CL key switch on
the driver's
side
01031
the driver's side
Implausible signal
01032
the passenger's
side
01033
the passenger's
side
Implausible signal

t
t

defective

t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

defective

t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

defective

t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

defective

t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01034
active, driver
t

defective
Window lifter mechanism loose

or stiff

motor
01035
71

number 003 Chapter display field 2 or 001
Check mechanism

active, passenger's side
t

defective

or stiff

motor

defective

or stiff

motor

defective

or stiff

motor

defective

number 006 Chapter, display field 2 or 004
Chapter, display field 2
Check mechanism
01036
active, RL

display field 2
Check mechanism
01037
active, RR

Check mechanism
01038
Central locking, thermo fuse

display field 4
Check door locks

01044
t Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb
01131
Turn signal control
t
01134
defective
no communication

defective

Replace alarm horn
t Fuse defective
Replace fuse

defective

t Alarm system with its own power Check alarm system with independent supply,
72
internal power supply

01135
Sensors for interior
monitoring
Open circuit
defective
supply defective
if necessary replace

defective
t Sensor defective
01179
01312
Databus drive
Check connection
t Sensor not installed

01141
Tailgate release switch E165Short circuit to earth
Replace sensor

defective


out correctly
t Databus lines defective

Test databus lines Electrical System Rep.
gr.90
t Short circuit to positive

t Short circuit to earth
01328
Convenience databus

defective

sequence. While doing so observe measured

value block
number 012 Chapter display field 1
replace relevant control unit

01329
Data BUS Comfort in

defective

sequence. While doing so observe measured

value block
number 012 Chapter, display field 1
01330
73
system
defective
Supply voltage too high

Supply voltage too low
Check communication cable between control

units in accordance with the current flow
diagram, or replace control unit
If the communication cable between the units
or control unit is O.K.:

01331
side -J386defective
no communication
Communication cable between

t the control units or control unit
defective




Check supply voltage driver's door
01332
Door control unit
passenger's side -J387defective
no communication

defective



display field 2

Check supply voltage front passenger door
01333
Door control unit rear left 74
J388defective
no communication

defective



display field 3

Check supply voltage door RL
01334
Door control unit rear right J389defective
no communication

defective



Chapter

Check supply voltage door RR
01335
Seat/mirror position control
unit Driver's side
no communication

defective
t
defective

Check or replace seat/mirror position control
t


01336
Group convenience data bus
75

diagram
Open circuit/short-circuit to t Line interruption or short-circuit

earth
01340
Mirror adjustment switch
implausible signal

defective
Check CAN databus comfort Electrical

system Rep. gr.90

01358
driver's side -E150Implausible signal

defective

01359
front passenger's side E198Implausible signal

defective


01362
Switch for tailgate: close F124Short circuit to earth

defective



smooth operation
01389
Open switch for tailgate F124Implausible signal

display field 3

defective



smooth operation
01483
Actuation
tailgate remote unlocking
76

display field 3
implausible signal
01484
Lock the CL key switch
01485
Unlock the CL key switch

defective


defective


defective

1)
Index which shows the type of fault.
2)
3)
It is possible that the door window in the window run is also stiff
4)
A fault arises if the key of the switch is pressed for longer than 5 minutes in one direction, i.e if both signals occur
simultaneously
Actuator diagnosis
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

Read-out on display: (only for control unit with alarm function Chapter,
interrogate control unit version)
Alarm horn sounds.
Turn signal lights come on.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Alarm horn H12
Actuator diagnosis
->
Turn signal control
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
Interior light - W
Interior light comes on (in door contact position).
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Sliding roof closes.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
CL warning light Safe
The warning light in the door trim panel lights up.
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
The illumination for the switch in the door trim panel comes on.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Lighting/switches and instruments
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Actuator diagnosis
END
77
->
As necessary readout on display:

Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Ending output Chapter.
->
HELP

Requirements:
t Fault was eliminated.
t Fault memory was interrogated again.
t Functional test was performed.
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 05.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

05 Erase fault memory
Vehicle system test
The fault memory is erased
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
t If the following message is displayed the test sequence is incorrect:

t
fault memory, then erase.
Caution!
interrogated
Ending output
Select function 06.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Coding control unit

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test
78
Help
Readout on display:
Enter code number following table:
Table of codes for convenience system of 1st, 2nd and 2nd/5th
generation
Central locking system Individual door opening
Overall opening
Individual door opening1)
Overall opening1)
1)
Code control unit

Q
Enter code number XXXXX
32767)
(0
Code number
04096
04097
01024
01025
Valid for Switzerland
Table of codes for 3rd generation convenience system

Code number
Basic entry code (all vehicle equipments) Octavia
00002
Central locking without power-window lifter
00016
Central locking and electric window lifters (2 windows)
00064
00256
Individual door opening
00000
Overall opening
00001
In order to determine the code for the convenience system, it is necessary to add further codes to the basic entry
code depending upon vehicle equipment.
Example
Should be selected: Central locking, electric window lifters (2 windows) and overall opening.
00002 + 00064 + 00001 = 00067
For all vehicles:
The control unit identification number Chapter, the control unit code number
and the workshop code (current versions of the control units see Catalogue of
Original Parts) are displayed.
If the indicated display content appears, the coding was successful.
1J0959799AH Central CU
comf.
0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC XXXXX
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the following message will be
displayed:
In this case the control unit was not coded with the data required for the vehicle. Check
whether the right control unit was fitted on the vehicle (compare part number and
character index) and whether possibly a wrong code was entered.
Repeat coding.
FAULT
->
Coding XXXXX
not accepted
If the control unit cannot be coded (correct part number, correct code number) the
control unit must replaced with a new original part.
Reading measured value block

The measured value block is subdivided into 15 display groups. Each display group is subdivided into max. 4 display
fields.
79
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 08.

Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

08 Read measured value block

block
->
Enter display group
number XXX
Readout on display:
Desired display group number Chapter, Chapter, Chapter or
Chapter. Confirm the desired display group number with the key Q.
Readout on display:
The meaning of the display content in the individual display fields can be found
in the test table Chapter, Chapter, Chapter or Chapter.
End measured value block test:

block 1
->
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)

Note
Proceed according to the following table to switch to another display group:
Transition in the display group -V.A.G 1552-V.A.G 1551higher
Press - button. Press the key 3
lower
Press - button Press the key 1
others
Press the key C Press the key C
Display group 001 for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation convenience system)
Display Denomination
field
1
Child safety catch
switch

display
on
off
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug
not fitted
connections while observing the display. If the display content does
not change during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
component.
Erase fault memory.
Perform a functional test.
Interrogate the fault memory again.
1)
1)
Lock/unlock switch
(closed/opened)
Window lifter hall

signal driver's side
unlocking
locking
not activated
implausible
turns
Only operational with the ignition switched on
stands
Not installed on Octavia

80
field
display
1
Central switch for
opened
window lifter -E189closed
Switch driver's side not activated
implausible
2
Central switch for
opened
component.
not activated Erase fault memory.
Switch front
implausible Perform a functional test.
passenger side
3
Central switch for
opened
Switch RR
not activated
not fitted
implausible
4
Central switch for
opened
Switch RL
not activated
not fitted
implausible
field
1
Key switch driver's
side

display
opened
closed
Check lock mechanism.
not activated
implausible
component.
Rotary latch switch

DD
Acknowledgement of
central
locking
Acknowledgement of
central
locking
Door open Erase fault memory.

door closed
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
field
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
2
Mirror selection
switch

display
pos. /X+ Visual inspection of the cable guide.
pos. /XCheck the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug connections
pos. /Y+
while observing the display. If the display content does not change during
pos. /Ytesting, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
left
Erase fault memory.
right
fold down
81
field
1
Window lifter
switch PS

display
opened
closed
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug connections
not activated
while observing the display. If the display content does not change
implausible
during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
Lock/unlock
opened
Erase fault memory.
button
closed
(not installed on not activated
Octavia)
not fitted Interrogate the fault memory again.
implausible
field
1
Key switch PS
Rotary latch switch

PD

display
opened
Visual inspection of the cable guide
closed
not activated
implausible
component.
door closed
CL
acknowledgement
FPS
CL
acknowledgement
FPS
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
field
1
Window lifter switch in
rear right door -E54-
Rotary latch switch RR
CL acknowledgement RR

display
opened
Visual inspection of the cable guide
closed
not activated
connections while observing the display. If the display content
implausible
does not change during testing, rectify fault or replace the
relevant component.
door closed
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe

82
field
1
rear left door -E52-
Rotary latch switch RL
CL acknowledgement RL
display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
relevant component.
door closed
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
field
1
Switch and instrument
lighting rheostat -E20-
Speed signal km/h

display
0...100% Visual inspection of the cable guide.
(in 16
steps)
relevant component.
km/h
Erase fault memory.

41)
1)
Remote control key

opened Interrogate the fault memory again.
buttons (only on control
closed
unit
HDF1)
with radio control receiver Panic1)
and alarm function
Chapter)
Interior monitoring sensor
yes
(only on control unit
no
with radio control receiver not fitted
and alarm function
Chapter)
Not installed on OCTAVIA.
field
1
S contact
2
3
Mirror heating
Key switch
tailgate

display
activated Visual inspection of the cable guide.
not activated
testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
on
off
Erase fault memory.

opened
closed
not activated
implausible
83
Ignition
Terminal 15
on
Terminal 15
off
field
1
Engine hood and
radio contact switch
2
3
4
Tailgate switch

display
activated Visual inspection of the cable guide
deactivated
not installed
component.
opened
closed
Release
sliding/tilting roof
Temperature
deactivation CL
yes
no
yes
no
Erase fault memory.

field
1
Check BUS

display
BUS O.K. Visual inspection of the cable guide
BUS N.O.K.
If there is no change, disconnect all inner door connectors and connect
them again in sequence.
If the display content changes, the relevant control unit must be replaced.
Erase fault memory.
Front
equipment
Driver
These display fields only indicate what the relevant vehicle equipment looks
driver + like
passenger
passenger
empty
Rear equipment
rl.
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are connected to the system
rl + rr
and which are activated or blocked
rr
empty
Auxiliary
Memory
equipment
empty
field
1
Fixed code known (only on control
Readout on
display
O.K.
84
Rectifying fault
If N.O.K.:
units with radio control receiver and

alarm function
Chapter)
Code in reception range
Algorithm
N.O.K.
Key code is outside of reception range. Re
no measured
initialise radio control via function 10
value
(Adaptation) Chapter
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
If no measured value:
N.O.K.
Battery in key discharged, replace battery
no measured
Remote control defective, replace key
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
Display Denomination Readout on Rectifying fault
field
display
1
Key number
1....4
When activating a key initialised by radio control, the position in which the
key was initialised is displayed here.
If the tester displays 0 even though a radio control button was pressed, the
key must be re-initialised via adaptation (function 10).
field
1
Last alarm source (only on control units with radio
control receiver and alarm function
Chapter)
2
Second last alarm source (only on control units
with radio control receiver and alarm function
Chapter)
3
3. last alarm source (only on control units with
radio control receiver and alarm function
Chapter)
4
4. last alarm source (only on control units with
radio control receiver and alarm function
Chapter)

display
Display
Only the last 4 activation zones of the
1....65535 anti-theft alarm system are displayed!
e.g. 64 = Engine hood contact switch
(possible alarm source see table below)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Tailgate contact switch
Rotary latch switch PD
Ignition
Interior monitoring
Display
1
2
4
8
16
32
85
Engine hood contact switch 64

Rotary latch switch DD
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)
field
1
Child safety catch
switch

display
on
off
not fitted
component.
Erase fault memory.
Lock/unlock switch
(closed / opened)
Window lifter hall

signal driver's side
unlocking
locking
not activated
implausible
turns
Only operational with the ignition switched on.
stands
field
display
1
Central switch for
autom. Visual inspection of the cable guide.
window lifter -E189opening
Door switch driver's
man.
door
closing
man.
component.
opening
autom. Erase fault memory.
closing Perform a functional test.
not
activated
2
Central switch for
autom.
Switch front
man.
passenger side
closing
man.
opening
autom.
closing
not
activated
3
Central switch for
man.
Switch RR
man.
closing
86
not
activated
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
Central switch for

window lifter -E189Switch RL
field
1
Key switch DS
2
3
1)

display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
component.
Rotary latch switch

WL thermo fuse DS
0 1)
1 2)
CL
acknowledgement
DS
CL
acknowledgement
DS
locked
unlocked
Erase fault memory.

safe
not safe
0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)
0 = WL thermo fuse active (system disconnected)
1 = WL thermo fuse not active

field
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror selection
switch
Readout on
display
not
activated
pos. X+
pos. Xpos. /Y+
pos. /Yleft
right
Rectifying fault
Erase fault memory.

1)
Mirror ratchet
control 1)
not fitted
Not installed on Octavia.

87
field
1
1)
Window lifter
switch PS
Lock/unlock
switch 1)
Mirror ratchet
control FPS 1)
display
man. opening Visual inspection of the cable guide.
man. closing
not activated
implausible
not fitted
implausible
not fitted
field
1
Key switch PS
1)

display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
component.
Rotary latch switch

FPS
/ WL thermo fuse
FPS
CL
acknowledgement
FPS
CL
acknowledgement
FPS
0 1)
1 2)
Erase fault memory.

locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

field
1
rear right door -E54-

WL thermo fuse RR

display
man.
opening
man. closing
not activated
implausible
relevant component.
0 1)
1 2)
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

88
1)
0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

field
1
rear left door -E52-
1)

display
man.
opening
man. closing
not activated
implausible
relevant component.
0 1)
1 2)

WL thermo fuse RL
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

field
display
1
Switch and instrument 0...100% Visual inspection of the cable guide.
lighting rheostat -E20- (in 16 steps)
does not change during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
component.
2
Speed signal km/h
Remote control key

buttons 1)
Interior monitoring
sensor 1)
km/h
Erase fault memory.
(0-255 km/h,
after 2 km/h)
0-1-0-0 2) Interrogate the fault memory again.
yes
no
not fitted
1)
Only for control unit with receiver for remote control and alarm function Chapter.
2)
Opened, closed, HDF, Panic
0 = not actuated; 1 = actuated.

field
1
S contact

display
89
not activated
Mirror heating
Key switch
tailgate
Ignition
on
Erase fault memory.
off
not fitted
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
Terminal 15
on
Terminal 15
off
field
display
1
Engine hood and
opened Visual inspection of the cable guide.
radio contact switch
closed
not
installed
component.
2
3
Tailgate switch
opened
closed
Release sliding/tilting
roof
yes
no
Erase fault memory.

field
1
Check BUS

display
BUS O.K. Visual inspection of the cable guide.
BUS N.O.K.
If there is no change, disconnect all inner door connectors and connect
them again in sequence.
If the display content changes, the relevant control unit must be replaced.
Erase fault memory.
Front
equipment
Driver
These display fields only indicate what the relevant vehicle equipment looks
driver + like
passenger
passenger
empty
Rear equipment
rl.
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are connected to the system
rl + rr
and which are activated or blocked
rr
90
Auxiliary
equipment
empty
Memory
empty
field
1
Fixed code known 1)
1)
Code in reception range 1)
Algorithm 1)
Key number (key having

just been activated) 1)
Readout on display Rectifying fault

O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
Key code is outside of reception range. Re-initialise radio
no measured value control via function 10 (Adaptation) Chapter
(key having just not
been activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
0...4
When activating a key initialised by radio control, the
position in which the key was initialised is displayed here.
If the tester displays 0 even though a radio control button
was pressed, the key must be re-initialised via adaptation
(function 10).
Display field Denomination
1
Voltage tml. 30

Voltage V
Check voltage.
2
3
HDF switch and tailgate key switch1)

IRUE cut-off
CL thermo fuse - DS/FPS/RL/RR/tailgate
not activated
not intalled
on
off
1 1 1 1 1 2)

Check wiring and plug connections.
1)
2)
0 = Disconnected
1= Operation
field
1
Last alarm source 1)
2
3
4
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm source 1)
Readout on
display
Display
1....65535
Rectifying fault
Only the last 4 activation zones of the anti-theft alarm system
are displayed!
91
1)
Only for control unit with alarm function Chapter.
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
1
2
4
8
Ignition
16
Interior monitoring
32
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 08. 98 Anchor (2nd generation convenience system)
Display group 015 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
field
1
2
3
4
1)
Second last alarm

source 1)
Readout on
display
Display
1....65535
Rectifying fault
are displayed!
(possible alarm sources Chapter)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
1
2
4
8
92
Ignition
16
Immobiliser
17
Interior monitoring
32
128
No alarm
255
Display group 016 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
field
1
Immobilizer key
detection 1)

display
yes
no
not fitted
component.
Erase fault memory.
Adapt the ignition key to the immobilizer control unit.
Adapt or check the immobilizer control unit.
Automatic
deactivated
lock/unlock switch activated
1)
not installed
Tailgate
opened
- Safety catch 1)
closed
not installed

component.
Erase fault memory.

1)
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
field
1
Central switch for
window lifter -E189Door switch driver's
door
WL thermo fuse DS
Child safety catch

switch

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
not installed Perform a functional test.
implausible
yes
no
not fitted
on
off
not fitted
93
field
1
Central switch for
window lifter -E189Switch front
passenger side

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
implausible
Central switch for
autom.
Switch RR
autom.
closing
man. opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
Central switch for
autom.
Switch RL
autom.
closing
man. opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
field
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror selection
switch
Mirror ratchet
control DS
Mirror heating
Readout on
display
not activated
pos. X+
pos. Xpos. /Y+
pos. /Yleft
right
fold together
deactivated
not installed
implausible
folded
together
folded open
not fitted
on
off
not fitted
Rectifying fault
Erase fault memory.


94
field
1
Window lifter
switch PS
Window lifter
thermo fuse FPS
Mirror ratchet
control PS
display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
yes
no
not fitted
folded
together
folded open
not fitted
field
1
Window lifter switch
in rear left door -E52-

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
component.
opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
Window lifter thermo
yes
fuse RL
no
not fitted
autom.
in rear right door -E54- opening
autom.
closing
man.
component.
opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
yes
fuse RR
no
not fitted
field
1
Voltage tml. 30
2
Ignition - tml.
15
Readout on
display
Voltage V
on
off
Rectifying fault
Check voltage.
95
S contact
no
communication while observing the display. If the display content does not change
activated
deactivated Erase fault memory.
no contact
Speed signal
km/h
km/h
0-255
field
1
Key switch driver's door
2

display
locking
Erase fault memory.
unlocking
not activated
Key switch - FPS
locking
unlocking
not activated
Lock/unlock
locking
switch - DD
unlocking
not activated
implausible
Lock/unlock
locking
switch - FPD
unlocking Erase fault memory.
not activated Perform a functional test.
implausible Interrogate the fault memory again.
field
1
Engine hood
contact switch
Key switch
tailgate
Tailgate contact
switch
Thermo fuse CL
Readout on
display
opened
closed
not installed
no
communication
locking
unlocking
not activated
implausible
opened
closed
no
communication
yes
no
not fitted
Rectifying fault
component.
Erase fault memory.
1
CL acknowledgement DD
locked
unlocked
safe
96
CL acknowledgement FPD
not fitted
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
1
Rotary latch switch - DD
open
closed
2
open
closed
3
open
closed
4
open
closed
field
1
Immobilizer key
detection

display
yes
no
not fitted
no contact
Automatic
opened
lock/unlock switch closed Erase fault memory.
Release
yes
no
2
3
4
Data BUS
Single wire Test databus cables Electrical System Rep. gr.90.

Two-wire
1
Equipment, driver's door
2
3
4

01)
12)
Equipment, front passenger door
01)
12)
Equipment, door RL
01)
12)
Equipment, door RR
01)
12)
1)
No communication.
2)
Operation.
97
1)
1
HDF switch and tailgate key switch
not activated
2
opened
closed
not installed
3
Illumination switche
0...100%
1)
field
1
Fixed code known 1)
1)
Code in reception range 1)
Algorithm 1)


O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
no measured value control via function 10(Adaptation) Chapter.
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
Battery in key discharged, replace battery.
no measured value
Remote control defective, replace key.
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
(key having just
not been
activated)
0...4
When activating a key initialised by radio control, the
position in which the key was initialised is displayed here.
(function 10).
1
Remote control key buttons
01)
12)
2
Interior monitoring sensor
yes
no
not fitted
3
IRUE cut-off
on
off
not fitted
1)
Not actuated
2)
Actuated
Readout on
Rectifying fault
98
field
1
2
3
4
1)
Last alarm source
1)
display
Display
1....65535
Second last alarm

source 1)

are displayed!
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
1
2
4
8
16
Immobiliser - none, or wrong key
17
Interruption of the contact with the alarm system with independent supply 18
Engine hood contact switch
32
Ignition - tml. 15
64
Interior monitoring
128
No alarm
255
Adaptation
Valid for vehicles 07. 98 (1st and 2nd generation convenience system)
Channel number
Page
1)2)
00 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, erase initialised keys
Anchor
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialise initialised keys 1)2)
Anchor
2)
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is reached Anchor
04 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice 2) Anchor
05 - Unlock Horn tone off and on 2)
Anchor
06 - Lock Horn tone off and on 2)
Anchor
2)
07 - Unlock Turn signal lights flash off and on
Anchor
2)
08 - Lock Turn signal lights flash off and on
Anchor
1)
For vehicles 09.97.
2)
For vehicles 10.97 .
Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control

Note
t Only on control units with radio control receiver Chapter.
t
If new or additional ignition keys are required they must be adapted to the control electronics of the immobilizer
and convenience system.
t Always adapt all ignition keys, i.e. also the available ignition keys.
t The number of already adapted keys is displayed by selecting the function adaptation.
t The adaptation can be interrupted with key C of -V.A.G 1552-.
t The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the ignition keys of the
99
immobilizer control.
Requirements:
t
All ignition keys must be available. If no old ignition key is available, see Lost key procedure, Electrical
System Rep. gr.96
Key fob with concealed secret number available. If not, see Determining the secret number Electrical
System Rep. gr.96
t Insert the mechanically operational ignition key in the ignition lock.

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter channel
number XX
Enter channel number 00 (all the keys are erased with channel number 00) and
confirm entry with the Q key.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Erase initialisation values?
Adaptation
Initialisation values erased
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter channel
number XX
Enter channel number 01 (all the keys are erased with channel number 01) and
confirm entry with the Q key.
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Adaptation
Key
1
- - -
The top line shows how many keys need to be initialised (Standard = 1). Select
number of the keys using the keys and . Maximum number of all the initiated
keys = 4.
Read-out on the display: Number of radio control keys to be
initialised.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
3
Channel 1
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 1
Key
-
Channel 1
Adaptation
1 ->
3 Q
- -
3 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Switch off ignition and withdraw ignition key.
Press a button once on each of the radio control keys to be initialised (in the
example above on 3 keys)
Note
t All 3 keys (see example) must be initialised during a single initialisation
100
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
process.
t When adapting all keys never exceed the 30 second limit.
The ignition key adaptation is automatically terminated if:
t The number of keys to be adapted has been reached.
t
A button on a radio control key to be initialised has been pressed more than
once.
The allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on the ignition with
the 2nd key has been exceeded (fault is stored).
The required adaptation process is confirmed by a brief horn tone.

Switch on ignition.
Select function 02 Interrogate fault memory. The key adaptation has been
successfully completed if no fault was stored.
Select function 06 end output Chapter.
Perform a functional test of all radio control keys.
Auto - Lock/Unlock:The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is reached
(activating or deactivating function)
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test
10 - Adaptation
Select adaptation value with the keys and .

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Channel 3
Adaptation
Automatic lock/unlock off
Channel 3
Adaptation
Automatic lock/unlock on
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - 1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press
CL-ZU twice
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 4.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
0 ->
Interior monitoring off - - -

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 4
Adaptation
101
1 Q

Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 ->
Readout on display:
Activate and deactivate the alarm when unlocking
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 5.

Readout on display:
Channel 5
unlocked

Readout on display:
Channel 5
unlocked

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 6.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 6
locked Beep

1 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
1 Q
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Activate and deactivate the alarm when locking

Enter function 10.
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 5
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Beep off
Channel 5
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 6
locked Beep
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Activate and deactivate the turn signal lights when unlocking
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 7
102
Adaptation
0 ->
unlocked

Readout on display:
Channel 7
unlocked

Readout on display:
Press key.
off
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Flashing
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Activate and deactivate the turn signal lights when locking
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 8.

Readout on display:
Channel 8
Adaptation
locked
Flashing
off

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Channel 8
Adaptation

Press key.
0 ->
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - -
Readout on display:
Channel 8
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th and 3rd generation
convenience system)
1 Q
1 ->
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Channel number
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialising new keys
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of more than 15 km/h is reached
04 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition
lock
05 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice2)
06 - Unlock Horn tone off and on
07 - Lock Horn tone off and on
10 - Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm in compliance with
the applicable country legislation
Page
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor

Perform a new key adaptation if the remote control has been pressed 200 times outside the reception range, or if
a new key is added to the key set:
1. - using an adapted ignition key
2. - using vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Adaptation using an initialised (adapted) ignition key
103
Insert the mechanically operational (adapted) ignition key in the ignition lock.
Switch on ignition.
Using the new key (to be initialised) mechanically lock the vehicle (e.g. the driver's door) and subsequently press
one of the radio buttons on the key.
Press the radio button repeatedly after an interval of more than one second (end key initialisation).
Note
If new or additional ignition keys are required they must be adapted to the control electronics of the immobilizer.
Adaptation with vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Note
t Only on control units with radio control receiver Chapter.
t
If new or additional ignition keys are required they must be adapted to the control electronics of the immobilizer
and convenience system Electrical System, Rep. Gr. 96.
t
The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the ignition keys of the
Requirements:
t
System Rep. gr.96
System Rep. gr.96

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 0 (all the keys are erased with channel number 00).
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Vehicle system test
10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 1 (all the keys are erased with channel number 01).
104
->
HELP
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Adaptation
Key
1
- - -
keys = 4.
1 ->
Press key.
initialised.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Key
-
Adaptation
3
Channel 1
Adaptation
Channel 1
Adaptation
3 Q
- -
3 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Note
All 3 keys (see example) must be initialised during a single initialisation
t
process.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
t the number of keys to be adapted has been reached.

t
a button on a radio control key to be initialised has been pressed more than
once.
the allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on the ignition with

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test
10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
105
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - 1 Q
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
1 ->
Readout on display:
Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is
removed from the ignition lock
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 4.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation

HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Channel 4
Auto-Unlock
Channel 4
Auto-Unlock
Adaptation
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
on
- - -
Channel 4
Adaptation
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
CL-ZU twice
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 5.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation
0 ->

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 5
Adaptation
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 6.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 6
106
Adaptation
0 ->
unlocked

Readout on display:
Channel 6
unlocked

Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 6
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 7
locked Beep

1 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
1 Q
Vehicle system test

Select function XX

Readout on display:
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Beep off
Channel 7
locked Beep
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 8.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 8
unlocked

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 8
unlocked
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
107
10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 9.

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
locked
Flashing
off

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - -

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
Press key.
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm HELP
in compliance with the applicable country legislation
Select function XX
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 1 and 0.

Readout on display:
Select adaptation value with the keys and
.
Readout on display:

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
1 ->
Setting
Alarm horn
rest of Europe - -
-
Channel 10
Adaptation
2 Q
Setting
Alarm horn
Germany - - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
3 Q
Setting
Siren in Great Britain - - Channel 10
Adaptation
Channel 10
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
108
3 ->
HELP
3 Q
Self-diagnosis for central locking

The central locking comprises the electric equipment in the doors:
t electrical central locking system with SAFE function
It also comprises other systems in the vehicle:
t Cut-off delay for interior lamp
t
Monitoring and disconnection of all interior and luggage compartment lights as a battery discharge
protection
t Sliding roof closing function via outside closing command

t Radio control for anti-theft alarm system
The vehicles can be equipped with different types of central lockings. Individual types differ by:
t Actuation
t Parts (control units, key pads, electrical installations etc.)
t inner function of the control units
t Diagnostic
WARNING
When exchanging the parts pay attention not to interchange them, see Catalogue of Original Parts!
WARNING
Subsequently only electrical and electronic systems approved by the company koda a.s. can be installed!
Operation
The central locking control unit -J110- is located in the dash panel. It is equipped with a fault memory. The
connection for the self-diagnosis is located below the storage compartment under the steering column.
The control unit detects faults and malfunctions and stores them in the permanent memory.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and retrieve the stored information using the vehicle system
tester -V.A.G 1552- oder -V.A.G 1551-.
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card
t
6.0.
The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault read-out scan tool
t -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific deviations (e.g. other display,
possibility of using a printer).
The displayed fault messages refer to a fault table including indications on the possible causes as well as
targeted repairs.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are displayed as
sporadic faults SP. If faults, displayed in this way, do not occur within 2 minutes after switching on the
ignition 50x, they are automatically erased from the fault memory.
Function indicator
109
The optical Safe function indicator is a LED mounted in the door molding of the driver's door.
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word
for the central locking control unit -J110Special tools, test equipment as well as aids required
t Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552t Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3CTest requirements:
t All fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.
t Battery voltage at least 9 V.

appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Enter address word 35 central locking.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Note
t
Vehicle system test

35 Central locking
Vehicle system test

One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a communication
set-up failure between vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and the control unit.

HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
The control unit does
not respond!
Vehicle system test

HELP

110
Vehicle system test

->
unit
Check diagnostic connection as well as voltage supply.

After removing the possible fault causes re-enter address word 35 for
central locking and confirm entry with key Q.
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication setup
Vehicle system test

1J0 962 258 Central

locking
V34 ->
Coding 04097
WSCXXXXX
The display shows the control unit identification number, e.g.: or further
displays interrogate control unit version, page Chapter.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
The ignition can be switched off after communication has been
established.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX

Page
01 - Interrogating control unit version Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
06 - End output
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
10 - Adaptation
Chapter

The vehicles are equipped with different types of generations of the central locking control units, which differ from
each other by error messages, measured value blocks and adaptation. In order to determine the type (generation)
of the central locking, first of all the control unit identification number of the part at the vehicle system tester
must be read and this control unit must then be selected in the overview of the control units Chapter. Here the
running date of the production and the row number generation are indicated. This information determines the
further procedure of the repair.
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the central locking control unit
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Select function 01.
HELP

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q
The display shows the control unit identification number, e.g. or other
displays Chapter, overview of the control units.
Press key.
1J0 962 258 Central locking

V34 ->
Coding 04097
WSCXXXXX
Readout on display:
t 1J0 962 258 = Part no. of the control unit
t Central locking = System designation
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
t V34 = Program status number

111
HELP
t Coding 04097 = Coding variant

t WSC = Workshop code
Overview of all the central locking control units according to running date
and generation
Valid for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)
Control unit part No. Program number Control unit function
1J0 962 258 1)
V34
1)
1J0 962 258 A
V34
Control unit with receiver for remote control and alarm function
1)
Valid for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)

Control unit part Program
No.
number
1C0 962 258D 03 1) 0001
Control unit without radio control and alarm function,
Limousine
1C0 962 258E 05 1) 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function,
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258E 06 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function,
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258D 06 0001
Combi
1C0 962 258E 0D 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function,
1)
Combi
1C0 962 258E OE 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function,
1)
Combi
1)
Valid for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)

Control unit part No. Program
number
1C0 962 258J 06 1) 0002
Limousine
1C0 962 258G 0J 1) 0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0J
0002
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258G 0K
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function
(without interior monitoring)
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0K
0002
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258G 0L
0002
(with interior monitoring)
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0L
0002
112
1C0 962 258G 0M
0002
1C0 962 258N 0M
0002
1C0 962 258J 07 1)
0002
1)2)
1)2)
1C0 962 258G 0N 1) 0002

1C0 962 258N 0N 1) 0002
1C0 962 258G 0P 1) 0002
1C0 962 258N 0P 1) 0002
1C0 962 258G 0Q 1) 0002
1C0 962 258N 0Q 1) 0002
1C0 962 258G 0R 1)2) 0002
1C0 962 258N 0R 1)2) 0002
1C0 962 258 J 08 1)3) 0002

1C0 962 258 N 0S 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 0T
0002
1C0 962 258 N 0U
0002
1C0 962 258 N 0V
0002
1)3)
1)3)
1)2)3)
1C0 962 258 J 09 1)3) 0002

1C0 962 258 N 0W
1)3)
0002
Limousine
(with interior monitoring), with alarm system with independent power
supply
Limousine
supply
Limousine, RHD
Combi
Combi
Combi
Combi
Combi
Combi
Combi
supply
Combi
supply
Combi, RHD
Limousine
Limousine
Limousine
Limousine
supply
Limousine, RHD
Combi
Combi
113
1C0 962 258 N 0X
0002
1C0 962 258 N 0Y
0002
1C0 962 258 N 0Z
0002
1)3)
1)3)
1)2)3)
1C0 962 258 N 1P 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 1Q

1)3)
0002
Combi
Combi
supply
Combi, RHD
supply
Limousine
supply
Combi
1)
2)
Design for Great Britain
3)
Design with tilting roof Webasto
Valid for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)

Central control Code number Vehicle type and Control unit function
unit part no.1)
of the
steering
equipment
1C0 962 258 AA
18
Limousine/L Control unit without radio control and alarm function,
19
Limousine/R dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
1A
Combi/L
1B
Combi/R
1C0 962 258 AB
1C
Limousine/L Control unit with radio control and without alarm
1D
Limousine/R function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
1E
Combi/L
1F
Combi/R
1C0 962 258 AC
1D
Limousine/R Control unit with radio control (315 MHz) and without
2)
alarm function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
1F
Combi/R
1C0 962 258 AA
1G
Limousine
dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
1H
Combi
1C0 962 258 AB
1J
Limousine
Control unit with radio control, without alarm function,
dash
panel insert without CAN BUS line
1K
Combi
1C0 962 258 AC
1J
Limousine
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), without
2)
alarm function, dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
1K
Combi
1C0 962 258 AB
1L
Limousine/L Control unit with radio control, with alarm function,
1M
Limousine/R dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
1N
Combi/L
1P
Combi/R
1C0 962 258 AC
1M
Limousine/R Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), with alarm
2)
function, dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
114
1C0 962 258 AB
1C0 962 258 AC

2)
1P
1Q
1R
1S
1T
1R
Combi/R
Limousine/L
Limousine/R
Combi/L
Combi/R
Limousine/R
1T
Combi/R
Control unit with radio control, with alarm function,

dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), with alarm

function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
1)
2)
Design for Singapore

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test


Press the button to display the stored faults consecutively. Fault cause and
fault removal Chapter, Chapter or Chapter.
Note
X faults detected!
->
t 1. Remove fault.
t 3. Perform a functional test of the central locking.
button is pressed.
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears in the display: Operating instructions for
vehicle system tester.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system tester.
Fault table for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation central locking)

Note
Below is a list of all possible faults detected by the central locking control unit -J110- and displayed on t
V.A.G 1552-, arranged according to their 5-digit fault code.
t
Before replacing components found to be defective first check the wiring and plug connections to these
components as well as the earth cables according to the current flow diagram.
115
t Check tight fit of all the plug connections on the relay plate.
t
memory.
t The fault table may also display the fault type.

no fault detected
65535
00668
Signal too low
00849
S contact
Undefined switch status
00928
CL lock unit driver's side F220Implausible signal

Rectifying fault

defective

Charging battery

defective


defective

number 006 Anchor

defective

t Locking unit -F220- defective

defective
No supply voltage for CL on driver's

door
Resistance in the mechanism of the Check mechanism and ensure smooth

locking unit and control elements
operation
Check cables, plug connections and door

locks in accordance with the current flow
diagram

number 004 Anchor
00929
side -F221t Locking unit -F221- defective
Implausible signal
t
defective

diagram

passenger's door
Resistance in the mechanism of the Check mechanism and ensure smooth

operation

number 004 Anchor
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
t Locking unit -F 222- defective
Implausible signal

defective
116


left door

Resistance in the mechanism of the
operation
t
number 003 Anchor
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-

defective


right door

operation
t
number 003 Anchor
00945

defective

00946
Interior lamp

defective
Interior light or one of the reading

lights defective

diagram
Replace light
number 004 Anchor
00947
release

defective
t Switch defective

Replace switch
00949
Motor for CL tailgate LOCK - t Motor for CL tailgate defective
V 53
(locked)
t
defective

t Lock control mechanism defective

smooth operation
00950
UNLOCK - V 53 (unlocked)
t Motor for CL tailgate defective
t

defective
t Lock control mechanism defective

117

smooth operation
00951
Tailgate remote release relay
-J398Short circuit to positive
00953

defective


defective

t Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective
00955
range
t Key not adapted
00956
range
t Key not adapted
00957
range
t Key not adapted
00958
range
t Key not adapted
00960
Key switch CL driver's side
Implausible signal





defective
t Switch defective

number 008 Anchor
number 008 Anchor
number 008 Anchor
number 008 Anchor

Replace switch
number 001 Anchor
00961
Key switch CL front
passenger side

defective
t Switch defective

Replace switch
number 002 Anchor
01131
Turn signal control
118
Open circuit/short circuit to t Bulbs defective

positive
t
defective
01134
Alarm horn -H12Undefined switch status
Replace alarm horn
t Fuse defective
Replace fuse

defective
01135
Interior monitoring sensor 1)
Open circuit in
wiring/defective
t

defective
01179

Replace sensor
Check connection

defective
t Sliding roof motor -V1- defective

01362
Lock key button tailgate F124Short circuit to earth

01356
Signal: close all windows and
sliding roof 2)
Replace light bulb

Replace sliding roof motor -V1-


smooth operation

defective

diagram

number 004 Anchor
number 006 Anchor
01389
Unlock key button tailgate F124Short circuit to earth


smooth operation

defective

diagram

119
number 004 Anchor

number 006 Anchor
1)
not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA.
2)
only the close sliding roof signal is used for OCTAVIA
Fault table for vehicles 10.97 (2nd generation central locking)

no fault detected
65535
00668
Signal too low

Rectifying fault

defective
Check wiring and plug connections according

to the current flow diagram
Charging battery

defective
00849
S contact on ignition starter Terminal 15 O.K., S contact
t
switch -D
defective
t
defective
00928
CL lock unit driver's side F220-
Implausible signal

defective

number 006 Anchor

Check cables, plug connections and door locks
in accordance with the current flow diagram
No supply voltage for CL on driver's Inspect supply voltage

door
operation
t
locking unit and control elements Read measured value block, display group
t
number 001 Anchor

wrong equipment
00929
side -F221t Locking unit -F221- defective
Implausible signal
t
defective
t

passenger's door


operation
t
120
number 002 Anchor

wrong equipment
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
t Locking unit defective (F 222)
Implausible signal

defective


left door

operation
t
number 003 Anchor

wrong equipment
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-

defective


right door

t

operation
number 003 Anchor

wrong equipment
00945
Crash sensor for front
airbag -G190Short circuit to earth

defective

00946
Interior light - W
00948
Signal: Close sliding roof

defective

Interior light or one of the reading

lights defective
Replace light

defective

t Sliding roof motor -V1- defective

00949
Motor for CL tailgate -V53- t Motor for CL tailgate defective
121

number 004 Anchor
Replace sliding roof motor -V1 Replace motor for CL tailgate
LOCK
(locked)
t
Implausible signal
00950
Motor for CL tailgate -V53- t
UNLOCK (unlocked)
t
t
00952
Signal for driver's door
open

defective

Lock control mechanism defective

smooth operation
Motor for CL tailgate defective

defective

Lock control mechanism defective

smooth operation

defective

t Rotary latch switch defective

number 004 Anchor
00953
Implausible signal

defective
t Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay
t Key not adapted
00956
range
t Key not adapted
00957
range
t Key not adapted
00958
range
t Key not adapted

defective
00955
range





01030
the driver's
side
122

number 009 Anchor
number 009 Anchor
number 009 Anchor
number 009 Anchor
01031
the driver's
side
Implausible signal
01032
the passenger's
side
01033
the passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective

number 001 Anchor
t Push-button defective
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

number 001 Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

number 002 Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

number 002 Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder
01038
Central locking, thermo
fuse
t

defective

number 005 Anchor
Check door locks
01044
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short circuit to t
positive
t
01134
t
Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb

defective

Alarm horn -H12- defective
Replace alarm horn -H12-
t Fuse defective
Replace fuse
123
t
01135
Sensor for interior
monitoring
Open circuit

t
defective
01141
Tailgate release switch E165implausible signal

defective

defective

Check connection
Replace sensor

defective

01179

number 006 Anchor
number 009 Anchor
01330
Control unit for
convenience system
defective




no communication
01362
t No meaning


smooth operation

defective

number 006 Anchor
01389
Switch for tailgate: -F124Short circuit to earth
t Switch for tailgate defective
Check switch for tailgate, if necessary replace
t Resistance in lock control

124
Implausible signal
t
smooth operation

defective

number 006 Chapter

1)
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation central locking), 05.01
(3rd generation central locking)
Readout on -V.A.G 1552- Possible cause of fault
Rectifying fault
65535 136 1)
No fault detected
65535 000 1)
t
defective
00668
Signal too low
Charging battery

defective

Signal too high
t Voltage regulator defective

t AC generator defective
00849
S contact on ignition
starter switch -D

defective

defective
00928
CL lock unit driver's side F220t Locking unit -F220- defective
Implausible signal
Check AC generator and voltage regulator

Anchor, display field 1



defective
Check cables, plug connections and door locks in


driver's door

the locking unit and control
125
elements
number 001 Chapter or 009 Anchor, display

field 1
wrong equipment
00929
CL lock unit front
passenger side -F221-
Implausible signal

defective


passenger's door

elements
wrong equipment
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
t Locking unit defective (F 222)
Implausible signal

defective


left door

field 2

elements
wrong equipment
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-
Implausible signal

defective


right door
wrong equipment
00945
Crash sensor for front
airbag -G190Short circuit to earth

field 3

elements

defective

field 4

00946
126
Interior light - W
00948
Signal: Close sliding roof

defective


Replace light

defective


number 004 Chapter or 010 Anchor
t Sliding roof motor -V1- defective Replace sliding roof motor -V100949
LOCK
(locked)
t
defective

defective
00950
UNLOCK (unlocked)
t
defective
t
defective
00952
Signal for driver's door
open

defective
t Rotary latch switch defective

smooth operation
smooth operation

00953
t
Implausible signal
defective
t Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective


00955
Key 1 outside of reception t Key not adapted
range
Key was operated over 200 times number 009 Chapter or 014 Anchor
Adaption limit exceeded t
00956
range
Adaption limit exceeded t Key was operated over 200 times
127
00957
range
00958
range
01030
the driver's
side
01031
on the driver's
side
Implausible signal
01032
the passenger's
side
01033
on the passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective

Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

Replace button
Check lock cylinder

defective

Replace button
Check lock cylinder
01038
Central locking, thermo
fuse
t

defective

Check door locks

128
01044
Control unit wrongly
coded
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short circuit
to positive
t Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb
t
01134
defective

defective

t Alarm horn -H12- defective
Replace alarm horn -H12-
t Fuse defective
Replace fuse

defective

internal power supply
Alarm system with its own

power supply defective
Check alarm system with independent supply, if

necessary replace
01135
Sensor for interior
monitoring
Open circuit
no communication
t
defective
01141
Tailgate release switch E165implausible signal
01179
01355
Signal close all windows 3)
01356
Signal close all windows
and STR 3)

defective
Check connection
Replace sensor

defective


out correctly
Program key again Chapter

defective

Lock control mechanism or lock

cylinder loose or stiff

smooth operation

defective

t Lock control mechanism or lock

129


cylinder loose or stiff

01362
smooth operation


smooth operation

defective


01389
Switch for tailgate: -F124Short circuit to earth
t
Implausible signal
t

smooth operation

defective


1)
Index which shows the type of fault
2)
3)
Not installed on Octavia
Actuator diagnosis
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

03 Actuator diagnosis
Alarm horn sounds.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Alarm horn H12
Press key.
Turn signal lights come on.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Turn signal control
Press key.
Readout on display:
Interior light comes on (in door contact position).
Actuator diagnosis
Interior light - W
130
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Electrical window control is not available for this equipment.
Actuator diagnosis
Signal, open all windows
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Sliding roof closes (if present). Electrical window control is not
available for this equipment.
Press key.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Signal close all windows and
sliding roof
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
CL warning light Safe
The warning light in the door trim panel lights up.
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
END
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
->

Readout on display:
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

Requirements:
t Fault was eliminated.
t Fault memory was interrogated again.
t Functional test was performed.
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 05.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test
05 Erase fault memory
Vehicle system test
The fault memory is erased
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
t If the following message is displayed the test sequence is incorrect:

t
HELP
fault memory, then erase.
Ending output
Select function 06.
131
->
HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Caution!
interrogated
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Coding control unit

Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and enter address word for central locking system Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

07 Coding control unit
Readout on display:
Coding control unit
Enter code number XXXXX
Enter code number following table:

Table of codes for central locking of 1st, 2nd and 2nd/5th generation
Central locking system Code number
04096
Overall opening
04097
Table of codes for central locking of 3rd generation
Code number
Basic code number (for all equipments) Octavia
00002
Central locking without power-window lifter
00016
00064
00256
00000
Overall opening
00001
Further code numbers must be added to the basic code number according to vehicle equipment in order to obtain
the final code numer.
Example
Should be selected: Central locking without electric window lifter with overall opening
00002 + 00016 + 00001 = 00019
For all vehicles
The control unit identification number, the code number and the
workshop code are displayed, e.g.:
If the indicated display content appears, the coding was successful.
1J0 962 258 Central locking

V 34 ->
Coding 04097
WSC 12345
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the following message will be
displayed:
In this case the control unit was not coded with the data required for the vehicle. Check
whether the right control unit was fitted on the vehicle (compare part number and
character index) and whether possibly a wrong code was entered.
Repeat coding.
If the control unit cannot be coded (correct control unit, correct code number) the
132
Fault
->
Coding XXXXX not
accepted
control unit is defective.

End funtion:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

The measured value block is subdivided into 9 up to 16 display groups (according to the generation of the central
locking). Each display group is subdivided into max. 4 display fields.
Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

08 Read measured value block
Readout on display:
Select desired display group number Chapter, Chapter, Chapter or
Chapter and confirm entry with key Q.

block
->
Enter display group number
XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual display fields is available in
the test table. Test table Chapter, Chapter, Chapter or Chapter.
In order to display further measured value blocks:
C Press key, select desired display group number and confirm entry with key
Q.

block 1
->
1
2
3
4

Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)

Note
lower
others
133
Display group number 001 for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)
field
1
Lock/unlock switch 1)

display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
connections while observing the display. If the display
content does not change during activation, rectify fault or
replace the relevant component.
3
4
1)
Acknowledgement - driver's
door
door, SAFE funktion
activated
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
not installed on OCTAVIA
field
1
Key switch front passenger
door
2
3

display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
not activated replace the relevant component.
locked
unlocked Erase fault memory.
Acknowledgement - front
passenger door

4
1)
passenger door, SAFE funktion
activated
safe
not safe
Display group number 003

field
1
Acknowledgement - Door
RR

display
locked Visual inspection of the cable guide.
unlocked
does not change during activation, rectify fault or replace the
relevant component.
Acknowledgement - door
RR
SAFE funktion activated
RL
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

locked Interrogate the fault memory again.

unlocked
134
RL, SAFE funktion activated
safe
not safe

field
display
1
Door switch - Door open Visual inspection of the cable guide.
FL
door closed
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug connections while
observing the display. If the display content does not change during
activation, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
2
Door switch - Door open Erase fault memory.

FR
door closed
Tailgate switch Door open

door closed

field
1
Temperature
deactivation CL

display
yes
no
during activation, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
Speed signal 1)
km/h
Erase fault memory.

1)
Remote control
key buttons 1)
(electric opening of
the tailgate
and calling up the
alarm function)
Interior monitoring
sensor 1)
off
on
HDF
PANIC
Erase fault memory.

Interrogate the fault memory again. If the display content does not
change during activation, rectify fault or replace the relevant
component.
yes
Erase fault memory.
no
not fitted

field
1
S contact

display
actuated Visual inspection of the cable guide.
not actuated
Erase fault memory.
135
1)
Key number 1)
Key switch tailgate
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
Ignition
Terminal 15 Erase fault memory.

on
Terminal 15
off
14
key must be re-initialised via adaptation -10-.
for alarm system, only for control unit 1J0 962 258A

field
1
Engine hood/radio
contact switch 1)
2
3
4
Tailgate contact
switch

display
deactivated
not installed
not change during activation, rectify fault or replace the relevant
component.
open
closed
Erase fault memory.
Sliding/tilting roof
locked
yes
no
Erase fault memory.
All windows opened
yes
no
2)

1)
2)

Readout on display
field
1
Fixed code known 1)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
2
Code in reception
O.K.
range 1)
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
1)
3
Algorithm
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
Rectifying fault
If N.O.K.:
control via function 10(Adaptation) Chapter.
136
1)
field
1
2
3
4
1)
Readout on
display
Display
1....65535
Rectifying fault
are displayed!
(possible alarm sources see table below)
Second last alarm

source 1)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
1
Door switch RR
2
Door switch RL
4
Door switch FR
8
Ignition tml. 15
16
Interior monitoring sensor 1) 32
Rotary latch switch FL
128
1)
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)
field
1

display
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
3
4
1)
door
door, SAFE funktion
activated
locked
unlocked
safe
not safe
Not installed on OCTAVIA
field
1
Key switch front passenger

display
opened
137
door
2
3
closed
not activated connections while observing the display. If the display
implausible
not activated replace the relevant component.
locked
Erase fault memory.
unlocked
passenger door

4
1)
passenger door, SAFE funktion
activated
safe
not safe
field
1
RR

display
unlocked
does not change during activation, rectify fault or replace the
relevant component.
3
4
RR
SAFE funktion activated
RL
RL, SAFE funktion activated
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

locked Interrogate the fault memory again.

unlocked
safe
not safe
field
1
Door switch driver's door

display
Door open Visual inspection of the cable guide.
door closed
Door switch - front Door open Erase fault memory.

passenger door
door closed
Door switch - RL, RR Door open

door closed
field
1
Temperature
deactivation CL

display
yes
no
138
Speed signal 1)
km/h
Erase fault memory.

3
4
2)
Remote control
0-0-0-0
1)
key buttons
Interior
yes
monitoring sensor
no
not fitted
1)
Only for control unit with remote control and alarm function Chapter.
2)
Opened, closed, HDF, Panic
0 = not actuated; 1 = actuated.

field
1
S contact

display
actuated Visual inspection of the cable guide.
not actuated
Erase fault memory.
1)
1)
Key number
14
key must be re-initialised via adaptation -10-.
Key switch tailgate
opened
closed
not activated
implausible
Ignition
Terminal 15 Erase fault memory.

on
Terminal 15
off
field
1
Engine hood/radio
contact switch 1)
2
3
4
Tailgate contact
switch
Close all windows
and sliding roof
All windows opened

display
closed
not
installed
open
closed
Erase fault memory.

yes
no
yes
139
2)
no
not
actuated.
1)
Only for control unit with remote control and alarm function Chapter
2)
1
Voltage tml. 30
2
3
1)

Voltage V
Check voltage.
HDF switch and tailgate handle switch 1)

IRUE cut-off
not activated
not intalled
on
off
Readout on display
field
1
Fixed code known 1)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
2
Code in reception
O.K.
range 1)
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
1)
3
Algorithm
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured value
been activated)
1)
Rectifying fault
If N.O.K.:
field
1
2
3
4
1)
Second last alarm

source 1)
Readout on
display
Display
1....65535
Rectifying fault
are displayed!
(possible alarm sources Anchor)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
Interior monitoring
2
4
Ignition tml. 15
8
140

16
Door switch RR, RL
32
Door switch front passenger 64
Door switch driver
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 08. 98 Anchor (2nd generation central locking)
Display group number 010 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
1 Last alarm source 1)
Display
1....65535
2 Second last alarm source

1)
Only the last 4 activation zones of the anti-theft alarm system are
displayed!
(possible alarm sources Anchor)
3 3. last alarm source 1)

4 4. last alarm source 1)
1)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
Not fitted
1
Interior monitoring
2
4
Ignition tml. 15
8
16
Door switch RR, RL
32
Rotary latch switch front passenger 64
Door switch driver
128
No alarm
255
Display group number 011 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
field
1
Immobilizer key
detection 1)

display
yes
no
not fitted
component.
141
Erase fault memory.

Adapt the ignition key to the control electronics of the immobilizer.
Check the control electronics of the immobilizer or adapt.
2
Automatic
deactivated
lock/unlock switch activated
1)
not installed
Tailgate
opened
- Safety catch 1)
closed
not installed

component.
Erase fault memory.

1)
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)
field
1
Central switch for
window lifter -E189Door switch driver's
door
WL thermo fuse DS
Child safety catch

switch

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
implausible
yes
no
not fitted
on
off
not fitted
field
1
Central switch for
window lifter -E189Switch front
passenger side

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
implausible
Central switch for
autom.
Switch RR
autom.
closing
man. opening
142
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
Central switch for
autom.
Switch RL
autom.
closing
man. opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
field
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror selection
switch
Mirror ratchet
control DS
Mirror heating
Readout on
display
deactivated
pos. X+
pos. /Xpos. /Y+
pos. /Ynot installed
implausible
left
right
fold together
deactivated
not installed
implausible
folded
together
folded open
not fitted
on
off
not fitted
Rectifying fault
Erase fault memory.

field
1
Window lifter
switch PS
Window lifter
thermo fuse FPS
Mirror ratchet

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man. opening
component.
man. closing
implausible
yes
no
not fitted
folded
143
control PS
together
folded open
not fitted
field
1
in rear left door -E52-

display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
component.
opening
man. closing Erase fault memory.
not installed
implausible
yes
fuse RL
no
not fitted
autom.
in rear right door -E54- opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man. closing
not activated
not installed
implausible
yes
fuse RR
no
not fitted
field
display
1
Voltage tml. 30
xx.x V
Check voltage.
2
Ignition - tml.
15
S contact
term. 15 on Visual inspection of the cable guide.

term. 15 off
no contact
activated
deactivated
no contact Erase fault memory.
Speed signal
km/h
0-255
km/h
field
1
Key switch -

display
locking
144
driver's door
2
unlocking
not activated while observing the display. If the display content does not change
Key switch - FPS
locking
not activated
Lock/unlock
switch - DD
Lock/unlock
switch - FPD
locking
unlocking
not activated
implausible
locking
unlocking
not activated
implausible
field
1
Engine hood
contact switch
Key switch
tailgate
Tailgate contact
switch
Thermo fuse CL

display
open
close
not fitted
no contact
locking
implausible
open
close
no contact
yes
no
not fitted
field
1
CL
acknowledgement
DD
2
CL
acknowledgement
FPD
CL
acknowledgement
RL
CL
acknowledgement
RR

display
unlocked
safe
not fitted
locked
unlocked Erase fault memory.
safe
not fitted Interrogate the fault memory again.
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
145
field
1
Rotary latch
switch - DD
2
Rotary latch
switch PD
3
Rotary latch
switch RL
4
Rotary latch
switch RR

display
open
closed
open
closed
open
closed Erase fault memory.
open
closed Interrogate the fault memory again.
field
1
Immobilizer key
detection

display
yes
no
Test immobiliser Electrical System Rep. gr.96.
not fitted
no contact Re-initialise key via function 10 Adaptation Chapter.
Automatic
lock/unlock switch closed
not
installed
Release
yes
Erase fault memory.
no
Data BUS
Single wire Test databus cables Electrical System Rep. gr.90.

Two-wire
field
1
Equipment, driver's
door
2
Equipment, front
passenger door
3
Equipment, door RL
4
Equipment, door RR
1)
No communication.
2)
Operation.

display
01)
These display fields only indicate what the relevant vehicle
12)
equipment looks like.
1)
0
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are connected to
12)
the system and which are activated or blocked.
01)
12)
01)
12)
field
display
1
HDF switch and
not
1)
tailgate key switch
activated
2
Tailgate contact
switch
closed
146
not
installed

component.
Erase fault memory.
3
1)
Illumination switche
0100%
field
1
Fixed code known 1)
Code in reception range

1)
1)
Algorithm 1)

Readout on
display
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
04
Rectifying fault
If N.O.K.:
Battery in key discharged, replace battery.
Remote control defective, replace key.
When activating a key initialised by radio control, the position

in which the key was initialised is displayed here.
(function 10) Chapter.
3)
1
Remote control key buttons
01)
12)
2
Interior monitoring sensor 3)
yes
no
not fitted
3
IRUE cut-off 3)
on
off
not fitted
147
1)
Not actuated.
2)
Actuated.
3)
field
1
2
3
4
1)
Readout on
display
Display
1....65535
Second last alarm

source 1)
Rectifying fault
are displayed!
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
1
2
4
8
16
Immobiliser - none, or wrong key
17
Interruption of the contact with the alarm system with independent supply 18
32
Ignition - tml. 15
64
Interior monitoring
128
No alarm
255
Adaptation
Valid for vehicles 07. 98 (1st and 2nd generation central locking)
Channel number
Page
1)2)
Anchor
1)2)
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialise initialised keys
Anchor
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is reached 2) Anchor
04 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice 2) Anchor
05 - Unlock Horn tone off and on 2)
Anchor
2)
Anchor
07 - Unlock Turn signal lights flash off and on 2)
Anchor
2)
Anchor
1)
For vehicles 09.97.
2)
For vehicles 10.97 .

Note
t Only on control units with radio control receiver and alarm function Chapter.
t If new or additional ignition keys are required they must be adapted to the control electronics of the immobilizer
148
and the central locking.

t
The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the ignition keys of the
Requirements:
t
System Rep. gr.96
System Rep. gr.96

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Readout on display:
Enter function 10 Adaptation
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter function 00 (all the keys are erased with channel number 00)
Readout on display:
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Enter function 10 Adaptation
Readout on display:
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter function 01 (all the keys are read with channel number 01)
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Adaptation
Key
1
- - -
keys = 4.
1 ->
Press key.
initialised.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Key
-
Adaptation
3
Channel 1
Adaptation
Channel 1
Adaptation
3 Q
- -
3 Q
3 ->
Vehicle system test
HELP
Readout on display:
149
Select function XX

Note
All 3 keys (see example) must be initialised during a single initialisation
t
process.
t the number of keys to be adapted has been reached.
t
a button on a radio control key to be initialised has been pressed more than
once.
the allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on the ignition with
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test
10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - 1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
CL-ZU twice
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 4.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
0 ->

Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - -
150

Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 5.

Readout on display:
Channel 5
unlocked

Readout on display:
Channel 5
unlocked

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 6.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 6
locked Beep

1 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
1 Q
Vehicle system test

Select function XX

Enter function 10.
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 5
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Beep off
Channel 5
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 6
locked Beep
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
151
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
Channel 7
unlocked

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 7
unlocked
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 8.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 8
Adaptation
locked
Flashing
off

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
0 ->
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Adaptation for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking), 05. 01 HELP
Select function XX
(3rd generation central locking)
Channel number
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialising new keys
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of more than 15 km/h is reached
04 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition
lock
05 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice
06 - Unlock Horn tone off and on
10 - Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm in compliance with
the applicable country legislation
Page
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Anchor
Auto - Lock/Unlock:The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is reached (activating or deactivating function)
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test
152
HELP
10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 3.

Readout on display:

Readout on display:
Channel 3
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 3
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is

removed from the ignition lock
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Auto-Unlock
Channel 4
Auto-Unlock
Readout on display:
Adaptation
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
on
- - -
Channel 4
Adaptation

Press key.
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 4.
1 Q
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
1 Q
- - -
1 ->
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
0 ->
- - -
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
CL-ZU twice
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 5.

Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation
0 ->

Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - -

Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation
153
1 ->
1 Q
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 6.

Readout on display:
Channel 6
unlocked

Readout on display:
Channel 6
unlocked

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 7
locked Beep
Channel 7
locked Beep
Readout on display:
HELP
Adaptation
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
1 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
1 Q
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Press key.
Enter function 10.
Adaptation
Beep off
Channel 6
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 8.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Channel 8
unlocked
Channel 8
154
Adaptation
Flashing
off
Adaptation
1 Q
0 ->
- - -
unlocked
Readout on display:
Channel 8
Adaptation
Press key.
on
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Flashing
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 9.

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
locked
Flashing
off

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - -

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation

Readout on display:
Channel 9
Adaptation
Press key.
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm HELP
in compliance with the applicable country legislation
Select function XX
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation

Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 1 and 0.

Readout on display:
Select adaptation value with the keys and
.
Readout on display:

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
1 ->
Setting
Alarm horn
rest of Europe - -
-
Channel 10
Adaptation
2 Q
Setting
Alarm horn
Germany - - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
3 Q
Setting
Siren in Great Britain - - Channel 10
Adaptation
Channel 10
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
155
3 ->
HELP
3 Q
Self-diagnosis electrically operated seat with memory

The system consists of:
t Seat control unit
t Central control unit for convenience system
t Door control unit, driver side
t Door control unit passenger's side
t Switch unit in the driver seat
t electrical seat system
The system carries out the following functions:
t Seat height adjustment driver's side in the desired position with switches for the individual directions
t automatic seat height adjustment driver's side and rear-view mirror adjustment by selecting a memory
t
automatic seat height adjustment driver's side and rear-view mirror adjustment by unlocking the vehicle with
the remote control
The control unit for the electrically operated seat with fault memory is located in the lower area of the driver seat
frame
Operation of the electrically operated seat with memory operating instructions.
Seat initialisation
The seat initialisation has to be performed for the first connection of the seat to the supply voltage, when
replacing the control unit and the mechanism for the electrically operated seat.
The initialisation is performed by the backrest setting in the front limit stop when the driver door is open. Without
this initialisation, the seat memory cannot function. This initialisation must not be performed when the voltage is
below 10.5 volt, because the correct front stop identification would not be realised.
Note
If during manual seat operation, the sliding track happens to be stopped, actuate the track switch for the
appropriate direction again and cause the seat to move along the whole track.
If the seat was already initialised, the initialisation must not be performed again after disconnecting and
reconnecting the seat to the voltage.
The initialisation can be deactivated, if the backrest goes into the front stop and the switch is pressed for a further
5 seconds. The deactivated initialisation is indicated by a double tone signal. This deactivation is purposeful e.g. for
assembling a control unit, which is already used, in the new seat.
Note
t The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card 6.0.
t
Use of vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is similar apart from certain specific differences
(e.g. different readouts in display, permits use of printer).
All displayed error messages refer to a fault table on the possible causes as well as targeted repairs.
Temporary faults are stored in the fault memory (line interruption or loose contact in the plug connections). These
faults are displayed as sporadic faults SP.
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word
156
for the seat height adjustment/driver

t Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552t Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3CTest preconditions for self-diagnosis
l all fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.
l Battery voltage at least 11.5 volts

appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Enter address word 36.
Vehicle system test

Select address word XX
HELP
Read-out on display1):
1)
Valid for passenger seat
Vehicle system test

Q
36 - Seat adjustment - front passenger

Readout on display:
Note
One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a communication sett
up failure between vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and the control unit.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Tester sends address
word 36

Vehicle system test

HELP

Vehicle system test

->
unit
Inspect the connection of the vehicle system tester, also check the communication
cable and the relevant vehicle system Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations.
After removing the possible fault cause re-enter address word 36 and confirm
157
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication
set-up
the entry with key Q.

Read-out on display after entering the address word 36
Vehicle system test

3B1959760A
0003 ->
Seat adjustment
DS
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

Page
01 Interrogating control unit version Chapter
02 Interrogating fault memory
Chapter
05 Erasing fault memory
Chapter
06 Ending output
Chapter
08 Reading measured value block Chapter

Connect vehicle system tester V.A.G and select address word 36 Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 01.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Q
t 3B1959760A = Part no. of the control unit
3B1959760A
0003 ->
t Seat adjustment = System designation
Seat adjustment
t DS = Control unit of driver seat

t 0003 = Program status number
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 36 Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test


X faults detected!
Press button to display the faults consecutively.

Example:
158
DS
01008
035
Note: Emergency switch operated!
Rectify the faults by referring to the fault table

Chapter.
button is pressed.
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears on the display: Operating instructions
V.A.G 1552.
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
Note
t 1. Remove fault.

Requirements:
t Faults were eliminated.
t Fault memory was interrogated Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 05.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test


Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
Vehicle system test

Fault memory was erased
->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Note
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
t If this appears on the display then the test sequence is incorrect.

t
fault memory and then erase.
Caution!
interrogated
Ending output
Select function 06.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 - End output
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select address word XX
Readout on display:
159
Fault table
Note
All the possible faults which can be detected by the control unit and displayed on the vehicle system tester t
V.A.G 1552- are listed in the table according to the 5-digit fault code.
t Ignore the SAE code that may appear on the right next to the fault code.
t
If Info in literature appears in the display of the vehicle system tester, look for the text required in the fault
table under the fault code.
If parts are output as faulty: First of all test all feed lines and plug connections to these components as well as
t the earth connections according to current flow diagram. Replace the component only if this test does not
reveal any fault. This applies particularly if the fault is shown as sporadic (SP).
Display -V.A.G 155265535
no fault detected
00668
Signal too high
Possible cause of fault Rectifying fault

If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the self-diagnosis is
completed.
incorrect supply voltage
(must be in the range
10.5...16 V)
Check supply voltage
Signal too low
00994
Short circuit to
Front height adjustment positive
sender for driver seat G215Short circuit to
earth
Open circuit
00995
Short circuit to
Rear height adjustment positive
sender Driver seat G216Short circuit to
earth
Open circuit
00998
Voltage regulator or AC
generator defective
Check voltage regulator or AC generator

Battery discharged or
defective
Voltage regulator or AC
generator defective
Replace battery or charge battery
Wiring or plug

Sender defective
Replace sender -G215-
Wiring or plug

to the current flow diagram Current flow
diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting
locations
Wiring or plug

Sender defective
Wiring or plug

locations
Check voltage regulator or AC generator

Motor for seat operation Check motor for seat operation for correct
160
Motor for backrest

adjustment Driver seat V4500999
Front height adjustment
motor Driver seat -V2901000
Rear height adjustment
Button: front height
adjustment upwards,
driver's side -E208-
-V45- is loose or
defective
fitting and tightness, replace if necessary
-V29- is loose or
defective
-V30- is loose or
defective
Cables or plug
connections loose or
defective
button loose or defective
Check button for correct fitting and

tightness, replace if necessary
01003
Short circuit to
Button: front height
earth
adjustment downwards,
Cables or plug
defective

01004
Button: rear height
adjustment upwards,
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

01005
Short circuit to
Button: rear height
earth
adjustment downwards,
Cables or plug
defective

01006
Button: length
adjustment forwards,
driver seat -E212-
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

01007
Short circuit to
Button: length
earth
adjustment backwards,
driver seat -E213-
Cables or plug
defective

161
button loose or defective Reading measured value block Chapter

01008
Note: Emergency switch
operated!
01009
Short circuit to
Length adjustment
positive
sender Driver seat G218-
Button MEM-OFF
switched on
Button MEM-OFF switched off
Wiring or plug

Short circuit to
earth
Open circuit
Sender defective
Wiring or plug

locations
Short circuit to
positive
Wiring or plug

Short circuit to
earth
Open circuit
Sender defective
Wiring or plug

locations
01010
Backrest adjustment
sender Driver seat G219-
01173
Seat length adjustment
Data BUS Comfort
-V28- is loose or
defective
Cables or plug
locations
disconnect all doors and reconnect in
CU defective
sequence (while doing so observe measured

value block)
number 012 Chapter
01329
Data BUS Comfort in
emergency running
mode
Cables or plug
CU defective

locations
disconnect all doors and reconnect in
sequence (while doing so observe measured

value block)
number 012 Chapter
162
01330
No
Fault in the
Central control unit for communication communication cable
convenience system
between CU
CU for convenience
system defective
01331
No
Fault in the
Door control unit, driver communication communication cable
side -J386between CU

current flow diagram Current flow
locations
Replace CU for convenience system
Chapter
locations

side defective
01332
No
Fault in the
Door control unit
communication communication cable
passenger's side -J386between CU
locations
01455
Short circuit to
Switch for backrest
earth
adjustment -E96-, to the
front

side defective
Cables or plug
defective
01456
Switch for backrest
adjustment -E96-,
backwards
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

01459
Button driver 1/seat
memory -E218-
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

01460
memory -E219-
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

01461
memory -E220-
Short circuit to
earth
Cables or plug
defective

163


Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Desired display group number Chapter, read table of measured value
block and confirm entry with key Q.
Read measured value block

HELP
Enter display group
number XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual display fields
Chapter, read table of measured value block

block 1
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Test table
Note
lower
others
Display group 001
field
display
1
Memory button 1 0 (deactivated)
1 (activated)
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the relevant
plug connections while observing the display. If the display content
Memory button 2 0 (deactivated) does not change during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
1 (activated)
component.
Erase fault memory.

Memory button 3 0 (deactivated)
1 (activated) Perform a functional test.
Emergency switch
0 (closed)
(MEM OFF)
1 (not closed)
164
0 (opened)
1 (closed)
driver's door
Key number
0/ 1/ 2/ 3/ 4
(0 = Key
deactivated)

field
1
Seat displacement
button
The current counter

reading for the seat
displacement
Button for the backrest
inclination
The current counter

reading for the backrest
inclination

display
forwards
backwards
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the
deactivated relevant plug connections while observing the display. If the
implausible
display content does not change during testing, rectify fault or
signal
XXXXX
Erase fault memory.
forwards Interrogate the fault memory again.
backwards
deactivated
implausible
signal
XXXXX

field
1
Raise the button for
the front seat
Current counter
reading for raising at
the front
Raise the button for
the rear seat
Current counter
reading for raising at
the rear

display
raise
lower
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the
deactivated relevant plug connections while observing the display. If the display
implausible
content does not change during testing, rectify fault or replace the
signal
relevant component.
XXXXX
Erase fault memory.
raise
lower
deactivated
implausible
signal
XXXXX

Readout Rectifying fault
field
on display
1
Mirror driver horizontal 0100 %
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the relevant
plug connections
while observing the display. If the display content
165
component.
2
3
potentiometer
Mirror driver vertical
potentiometer
Mirror front passenger
horizontal
potentiometer
Mirror front passenger
vertical potentiometer
Erase fault memory.

0100 % Perform a functional test.
0100 % Interrogate the fault memory again.
0100 %

field
1
Onboard voltage,
terminal 30
2
Inlet:
Terminal X
Switch for reversing

light

display
xx.x V
Onboard voltage must be in the range 10.5 - 16 V.
0 (inactive) Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the relevant
1 (active) plug connections and check the display again. If the display content
component.
0 (inactive)
Erase fault memory.
1 (active)
0 (inactive)
Perform seat initialisation Chapter
1 (active)
Perform seat
initialisation
Reason for switching
off the seat
adjustment:
ocurring in the block
0 (inactive)
1 (active)
0 (inactive)
1 (active
Discontinued software
0 (inactive)
1 (active)
Running time of
engine exceeded
field
display
1
Condition of CAN BUS O.K.
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the relevant plug
databus
BUS N.O.K. connections and check the display again. If the display content does not
change during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
Erase fault memory.
166
167
Body front
Front body
Summary of components of lock carrier with attached parts
1 - Bumper strip
2 - Bumpers
3 - Lock carrier
must be installed free of stress
4 - 15 Nm
5 - Screw
6 - 8 Nm
7 - Ventilation grid
8 - 23 Nm
Accessible after removing the
ventilation grid -7-.
9 - 23 Nm
Accessible after removing the
bumper strip -1-.
Removing
Disconnect the plug
connections and the coolant
hoses, disconnect the plug

connection and unhook the
control cable for the flap lock.
Disconnect plug connection for

temperature sensor
Chapter.
Separate the hoses for the air
conditioning system (if
present).
Release screws -5-.

Release screws -4-.
Remove bumper strip -1- and
unscrew screws -9-.
Unhook ventilation grid -7- and
unscrew screws -8-.
Remove lock carrier -3- with
component parts.
Install
Installation is carried out in the
reverse order.
168
Replace lock carrier

Note
There is no need to separate the refrigerant circuit of the engine and the refrigerant circuit if the radiator and
condenser are fastened to the engine in a suitable manner.
Removing
Removing the bumper

Chapter.
Remove cross member
Chapter.
Remove headlights
Electrical System Rep.
gr.94
Disconnect the plug
connection and unhook the
cable for the flap lock.
Remove the screws -3- for the

lock carrier -1-.
Slacken top fixing screws -2-.
169
Unscrew screws -1- for

radiator bearing -3- and fasten
the radiator -4- to the engine
in a suitable manner.
Remove top fixing screws for
lock carrier.
Pull out lock carrier -2towards the front.
Remove the remaining

component parts for the lock
carrier.
Install
reverse order.
170
Front wing
Summary of components of front wing
1 - 6 Nm
2 - 6 Nm
3 - 4 Nm
4 - Wing
Removing:
Remove front wheel.
Removing the bumper Chapter.
Remove wheelhouse liner Chapter.
Remove turn signal lamp and side turn signal lamp Electrical System Rep. gr.94.
Screw out the fixing screws Item of the lock carrier on the relevant side.
Screw out the top fixing screws Item.
Remove the remaining fixing screws Item and Item and the wing Item.
Installing:
171
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

5 - 6 Nm
6 - Noise insulation
q only for ATD, ARZ, AUM, ARX, AUQ engines
q Check fitting position
q Pay attention to dimension a = 450 mm.
172
Front bonnet
Summary of front bonnet
components
1 - Radiator grill
Removing:
Screw out screws -6- and -9- and remove radiator
grill.
Disassemble radiator grill in individual parts -2-, -3and -4- Chapter.
After installation the radiator grill must be flush with
the front flap.
2 - Grid
3 - Radiator grill frame
4 - Trim strip
5 - Front flap
The tailgate can be adjusted by means of the oval
holes in the hinges.
After carrying out removal and installation or

adjustment work, perform corrosion protection
measures at the screws and hinges.
6 - 3.5 Nm
7 - 22 Nm
8 - Support
9 - 3.5 Nm
Remove and install front flap lock

Removing:
Unclip the control cable -1- on the lock.
173
Disconnect the plug

connection -2- from the
front bonnet.
Remove screws -3- (14

Nm).
Installing:
Installation is carried out in
the reverse order.
Adjusting:
l
Bonnet must be adjusted

flush to the body.
Observe uniform gap sizes

between bonnet and body.
Adjust the stop buffer and

l check the opening and
closing of the bonnet.
Disassembling and assembling radiator grill

Removing:
l Radiator grill removed from vehicle
Release the lower clips of the decorative strip

using a screwdriver in -direction of arrow A-.
Release upper clips of the decorative strip with

a screw driver in -direction of arrow B- and
remove decorative strip.
174
Release the clips -arrows- of the grid in direction of arrow A- with screwdriver und
remove grid from radiator grill frame.
Installing:
Pay attention to the following.
Note
Clip individual parts of the radiator grille into
one another.
Summary of components actuation of front flap lock

1 - Control cable
Removing:
Remove control lever -5(located on the left side in the
footwell of the driver's side)

and lock -7-, unhook control
cable.
Tie up the string or anything
similar - approx. 1000 mm long
- on the control cable nipple
(control lever) and pull the
control cable out of the engine
compartment.
Installing:
Use the string or anything

similar as an insertion help and
install other parts.
2 - Clip
3 - Sealing grommet
4 - Screw
5 - Release handle
With inserted control cable.
6 - Adjusting nut
7 - Flap lock
Removing and installing
Chapter.
8 - 14 Nm
9 - 5 Nm
175
176
Tailgate
Remove tailgate
Remove the tailgate trim panel Chapter.
Disconnect the electrical plug connections and take the cable out of the flap.
Remove pressurized gas struts Chapter.
Unscrew fixing screws -1- of

hinges -2- and remove flap.
Tightening torque: 15 Nm
Note
Use a hexagon socket wrench
with its shorter leg shortened
by approx. 10mm and cover
t the paint surface at dangerous
points with the adhesive tape
in order not to damage the
paintwork.
t
2 mechanics are required for

the removal and installation.
Removing the pressurized gas strut

Open tailgate and support.
177
Use a screwdriver to raise

the locking element -2- and
pull the pressurized gas strut
off the ball stud -1-.
Note
If the pressurized gas struts are
to be re-used, do not remove
the release pin -2- fully from
the ball socket, otherwise it
will be damaged.
1 - Mounting bracket with ball
stud
2 - Release pin
3 - Pressurized gas strut
Degassing the pressurized gas strut
178
Clamp the pressurized gas

strut in the area x = 50 mm
in the vice.
WARNING
The pressurized gas strut
must only be clamped in this
area, otherwise there is a risk
of accident!
Saw open the strut cylinder
in the first third of the total
length of the cylinder,

starting from the piston side
edge.
Note
Wear safety goggles when
t
sawing.
t
Cover the sawn section with

a cloth.
Oil and cloth are disposed of

t in accordance with waste
disposal requirements.
179
Summary of components of tailgate lock
1 - Tension rod
2 - The tailgate lock
Removing:
Remove the tailgate trim panel
Chapter.
Release tension rod -1-.
Separate the relevant plug
connections.
Release screws -5-.
Press flap lock inwards and
remove.
reverse order.
3 - 25 Nm
4 - Latch striker
Bonnet must be adjusted flush
to the body.
The bonnet must open and
close free of stress.
5 - 25 Nm
180
Fuel tank lid unit

Summary of components of the fuel-tank lid unit
1 - Fuel tank lid unit

Consisting of cover, fuel tank
bowl and rubber sleeve.
Removing:
Remove setting element -6-.
Remove fuel-tank cap.
Unscrew bolt -2-.
Remove mounting part -3towards the front from the

side part.
Slide the fuel-tank lid unit
backwards and remove it
from the side part.
2 - Screw
3 - Mounting part
4 - Retaining bracket
welded to the body
5 - Screws
Release with Torxbit and
small open-end wrench.
6 - Positioning element
Removing:
Release screws -5-.
Pull the setting element with

locking rod out of the
mounting part -3-.
Separate the setting element

from the locking rod.
7 - Locking rod
Remove together with
setting element -6-.
8 - Gasket
181
Front door, central locking

Front door
Summary of components of front
door
1 - Exterior mirror
2 - Door
Removing and installing Chapter.
Setting Chapter.
3 - Catch bolt
40 Nm.
4 - Guide piece
Fitted onto the lifting strip of the window lifter -6-.
5 - Terminal
Inserted into the guide piece -4-.
6 - Window lifter
7 - 10 Nm
8 - Bottom door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar A.
With door arrester.
9 - 32 Nm
10 - 10 Nm
Exterior mirror fixing screws
11 - Cap
For vehicles 12.99
12 - 20 Nm
For vehicles 12.99
13 - Nut, 30 Nm
For vehicles 01.00
14 - Top door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar A. Hinge bolt

inserted into the box part and secured with grub
screw -12- or nut -13-.
15 - Base
Removing and installing the front door

Removing
Remove trim panel from the bottom of pillar A Chapter.
182
Pull off multi-pin connector -1from pillar A.

For vehicles 12.99
Remove cap and screw the grub screw -1- out of

the upper hinge.
For vehicles 01.00
Remove nut -2-.
For all vehicles
Release bottom screw -3-.
Lift door up and out of the hinge brackets.
Install
Note
183
After the paintwork, the screws -1- and -2- must be

tightened to the specific torque when replacing the
doors.
1 - 32 Nm
2 - 22 Nm
Door adjustment
To correctly adjust the door release the door hinges on the pillars and door. Other adjusting measures, e.g.
aligning the doors towards the top are ineffective. The door will drop again at the following overpressures.
Slacken torx screws until the doors can be moved (e.g. -V.A.G 3320- with Torxbit -T45-).
l
The doors are correctly adjusted if in closed condition they are at an overall equal distance from the door
opening while they must not be positioned too far inwards or outwards and the contours must be aligned.
Remove door window

Removing door trim panel Chapter.
Detach damping foil Chapter.
Release inside window weatherseal from the flange.
Guide the door window as far to the top or bottom until the clamping jaws are in the assembly openings.
184
Slacken hexagonal nuts -1- and

press the clamping jaws apart
from each other.
Pull the door window to the
top, tilt it to the front and lift it
out of the window channel.
Remove and install window lifter

Guide the door window as far to the top or bottom until the clamping jaws are in the assembly openings.
185

from each other.
Push door window upwards
and secure (e.g. with adhesive
tape).
Slacken the screws -2- of the

window lifter (10 Nm).
Unhook clips for Bowden
cables.
Separate the plug connection
at the power window lifter.
Slightly raise the window lifter
so that the screws -2- can be
pulled through the mounting
holes.
Pull the window lifter towards

the bottom out of the
assembly opening.
Removing and installing window lifter motor

Note
The front and rear window lifters are installed in the same way.
Remove window lifter Chapter or Chapter.
Note
The window lifter motor can be removed in each position of the window lifter.
186
Release screws -arrows- and

remove motor.
Install new motor and tighten
screws -arrows- to 6.5 Nm.
Install the window lifter and
mount the door window.
Glue on the damping foil
Chapter.
Install door trim panel
Chapter.
Switch ignition on and off.
Switch on ignition again.
Guide door window to the top
up to the stop and activate the
window lifter switch for
approx. a further 3 seconds.
This completes the basic
setting and simultaneously
activates the automatic depth
run function.
187
Summary of components of outer door handle

1 - Door handle
Chapter.
2 - Lock cylinder
Chapter.
3 - Base
4 - Clamping ring
5 - Cap
6 - Screw
Moves the clamping ring -4-.
7 - Door handle inner part
Removing:
Remove door handle -1-.
Removing door trim panel
Chapter.
Unscrew bolt -8-.
Slide the door handle inner
part backwards and remove it.
reverse order.
Note
If the door handle inner part is
removed the screw -6- must not
be turned.
8 - Screw
M5x9 = 5 Nm
M5x12 = 2 Nm
Remove and install outer door handle

t Square wrench or TORX 20
t Assembly device -T10118Removing
188
Remove trim panels -1-.

Release securing screw -3-.
Pull outer door handle -4- up to the stop in the

direction of operation -arrow A- and hold in
this position.
Turn the screw -5- in the given direction arrow B- until resistance can be felt.
Note
If the door handle inner part is removed the
screw -5- must not be turned.
Turn the lock cylinder -2- with the inserted
key -arrow C- and remove -arrow D-.
Note
On vehicles with radio control the front
passenger door lock is replaced by a trim.
Unclip the control cable -1from the door handle -2-.

Slide the door handle -2 backwards -arrow A- and
swivel it out of the door arrow B-.
Installing:
Swivel door handle into the
door.
For vehicles 05.98
189
Hang assembly device -T10118- in the spring

fixed to the door lock -arrow A- and hang the
spring in the lock lever -arrow B-.
For all vehicles

Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Note
The control cable must lock securely in the outer
door handle.
Summary of components of door lock
190
1 - Control cable for inside actuation

Hanging in the door handle inner part.
2 - Securing rod
3 - Securing knob
Screwed on.
5 - Securing screw, 5 Nm
6 - Control cable for door handle
Hanging in the door handle.
7 - Base
8 - Latch striker
9 - 22 Nm
10 - 20 Nm
11 - Inner lock
Note
The removal and installation of the door lock is the
t
same with or without electric actuation.
For vehicles M 99 with remote control for
t central locking, no lock cylinders are used in the
front passenger door.
Removing and installing the door lock

Removing
Remove outer door handle Chapter.
Remove window lifter Chapter.
191
Release screws -1-.

Tightening torque = 20 Nm.
Slacken fixing screws -2- of the
collision carrier and lower
collision carrier (the front

fixing screw is not illustrated in
the figure).
192
Unhook the retaining clip -4- of

the actuating cable -3-, take
the door lock with tension rod
-5- and actuating cable -3- out
of the door through the
assembly opening.
Install
reverse order.
193
Central locking system

Note
t The control motors for front and rear doors are part of the door locks and cannot be replaced separately.
t Remove and install door locks Chapter and/or Chapter.
t
After replacing the door lock with central locking motor, interrogate the fault memory and erase Chapter, selfdiagnosis for convenience system or Chapter, self-diagnosis for central locking.
Removing and installing the tailgate control motor

Remove the tailgate trim panel Chapter.
Disconnect plug connection -5.

Release screws -2-.
Remove the tension rod -3- of

the control motor -1- from the
rear flap lock -4-.
Remove control motor -1-.
Removing and installing the setting element for the fuel tank cap
Chapter
194
Summary of components of front door seals

1 - Top door seal
self-adhesive
2 - The door window pane
Removing Chapter.
3 - Outside window shaft seal
Fitted on the flange.
4 - Door
Setting Chapter.
5 - Outside door seal - front
6 - Clip
7 - Inside window shaft seal
8 - Window run
Buttoned in the window frame.
9 - Inside door seal
The joining must have a distance -A- from the door
bottom
-A- = 300 100 mm
195
Rear door,sliding door,wing doors,central locking

Rear door
Summary of components of rear door
1 - Rear door
Setting Chapter.
2 - Guide piece
Fitted onto the lifting strip of the window lifter -5-.
3 - Terminal
Inserted into the guide piece -2-.
4 - 10 Nm
5 - Window lifter
Removing Chapter.
6 - Catch bolt
40 Nm.
7 - Bottom door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar B.
With door arrester.
8 - 32 Nm
9 - Cap
For vehicles 12.99
10 - Nut, 30 Nm
For vehicles 01.00
11 - 20 Nm
For vehicles 12.99
12 - Top door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar B. Hinge bolt

inserted into the box part and secured with grub
screw -11- or nut -10-.
Removing and installing the rear door

Removing
196
Separate plug connection -1located in the grommet -2on the pillar B.
For vehicles 12.99
Remove cap and screw the grub screw -1- out

of the upper hinge.
For vehicles 01.00
Remove nut -2-.
For all vehicles
Unscrew bottom screw -3- out of the door.
Lift door up and out of the hinge brackets.
Install
Note
After the paintwork, the screws -1- and -2t must be tightened to the specific torque when
replacing the doors.
The process for the rear door is identical for

Octavia Combi.
1 - 32 Nm
2 - 22 Nm
197
Door adjustment
To correctly adjust the door release the door hinges on the pillars and on the door. Other adjusting
t measures, e.g. aligning the doors towards the top are ineffective. The door will drop again at the following
overpressures.
t
The doors are correctly adjusted if in closed condition they are at an overall equal distance from the door
opening while they must not be positioned too far inwards or outwards and the contours must be aligned.
Remove door window

Release inside window weatherseal from the flange.
Lower door window.
Unscrew screws -1- and -2- for

window staybar -3- and
remove window staybar from
the triangular plate -arrow-.
Remove window staybar.
Guide the door window as far
to the top until the clamping
jaws are in the assembly
opening -arrows-.
198

from each other.
Pull the door window -2towards the top and lift it out
of the window channel.
Remove window lifter

Removing
Guide the door window as far to the top or bottom until the clamping jaws are in the assembly opening -arrows.

from each other.
Push the door window -2upwards and secure (e.g. with
adhesive tape).
199
Slacken the screws -1- (10

Nm).
Separate the plug connection
at the power window lifter.
Slightly raise the window lifter
-arrow A- so that the screws 1- can be pulled through the
mounting holes -2- -arrow B-.
Remove the window lifter
from the assembly opening.
200
Summary of
components of outer
door handle
1 - Door handle
Chapter.
2 - Cover
3 - Base
4 - Cap
5 - Screw
Moves the clamping ring -6-.
6 - Clamping ring
Removing:
Remove door handle -1-.
Removing door trim panel
Chapter.
Release screw -8-.
Slide the door handle inner
part backwards and remove it.
reverse order.
Note
removed the screw -5- must not
be turned.
8 - Screw
M5x9 = 5 Nm
M5x12 = 2 Nm
Remove and install outer door handle

t Square wrench or TORX 20
t Assembly device -T10118Removing
201
Pull door handle -3- up to

the stop in the direction of
operation -arrow -A- and
hold it.
Remove cap -1-.
Turn the screw -4- in the

given direction -arrow Buntil resistance can be felt.
Note
removed the screw -4- must
not be turned.
Pull out cover -2--arrow C-.
Unclip the control cable -1from the door handle -2-.

Slide the door handle -2 backwards -arrow A- and
swivel it out of the door arrow B-.
Install
Swivel door handle into the
door.
For vehicles 05.98
202
Hang assembly device -T10118- in the spring

fixed to the door lock -arrow A- and hang the
spring in the lock lever -arrow B-.
For all vehicles

Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Note
The control cable must lock securely in the door
handle outside.
203
Summary of
components of door
lock
1 - Securing knob
Screwed on.
2 - Securing rod
3 - Linkage clip
4 - Control cable for inside
actuation
Hanging in the inside
actuation.
5 - Securing rod
6 - Door lock
Chapter.
7 - Control cable for outside
actuation
Hanging in the door handle.
8 - 20 Nm
9 - 22 Nm
10 - Latch striker
11 - Base
12 - Elbow lever
13 - Straddle pin
Removing and installing the door lock

Removing
Door window must be closed.
Removing the door handle Chapter.
204
Press through the straddle pin

-1- of the angle lever, remove
angle lever -2- from the door
and unhook the securing rod.
Unhook the retaining clips -3of the securing rod.
Absolutely remove the

straddle pin from the door
(rattling noises).
Release screws -2-.

Pull the door lock -1- out of the
assembly opening.
205
Summary of components of rear

door seals
1 - Top door seal
self-adhesive
2 - Inside door seal
The joining must have a distance -A- from the door
bottom
-A- = 300 100 mm
3 - Window run
Buttoned in the window frame.
4 - Window staybar
5 - Triangular window
6 - 10 Nm
7 - Door
Setting Chapter.
8 - Clip
9 - Outside door seal - rear
10 - Inside window shaft seal
11 - 1 Nm
Removing Chapter.
206
Sliding roof
Sliding/tilting roof Rockwell with glass panel
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel
207
1 - Glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (single-layer safety glass)

q Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
q Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
q Adjust glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) Chapter
2 - Panel seal
q Adjust panel seal Chapter
q Sealing joint in the middle of the right lateral area
q Handle the clamp channel of the panel seal with lubricant (water) before installing
3 - Trim frame
4 - Sun screen
q Removing and installing sun screen roller Chapter and Chapter
5 - Assembly unit
q Removing and installing assembly unit Chapter
q The assembly unit comprises the following parts:
q U-frame (with guide ducts)
q Rear guides with cables
q Front guides
q
If necessary grease the guide ducts with special grease -G 052 778- only as otherwise the functions can not be
guaranteed
6 - Water drain hoses

q Clean the water drain hoses Chapter
7 - Hexagonal wrench for emergency operation
q clipped into the E-drive
8 - Draft deflector
q Open the cover towards the rear and unscrew the draft deflector
9 - Bearing for draft deflector
q Thread must point obliquely towards the rear
10 - Screws
11 - Countersunk screws (micro encapsulated)
q Fixing screws for electric drive mechanism
q always use new countersunk screws
q 3 Nm
12 - E-drive
q Check setting for the E-drive (0 position) Chapter
13 - Catch hook spring
14 - Hook
15 - Torx screw
q Torx screw insert -T25q 6 Nm
16 - Circlip
208
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Tilt sliding/tilting roof
Slide sun screen roller

backwards -1-.
Slide trim frame -2backwards (clipped on in the
area of the front guides -3and guided in the rear area

by the studs -4-).
Unscrew the fixing screws 1- (torx screw insert T 25)

and remove.
Remove glass roof from the

top.
Remove trim frame (if
required).
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Glass roof must be fitted in the 0 position (glass roof closed).
Check parallel running, set if necessary Chapter.
209
Insert glass panel for

sliding/tilting roof from the top
and screw in the fixing screws
1-. Thus pay attention to the
correct fitting of the centering
pins -2- on the reverse side of
the circlips.
Tightening torque: 6 Nm
Note
Adjust the panel height after
tightening the fixing screws (6
Nm).
Setting the glass roof pane
height Chapter.
Check the position of the panel

seal, adjust if necessary
Chapter.
Slide the trim frame forwards

and clip it into the front guide.
Check perfect operation of the
sliding/tilting roof.
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)

Move the glass panel into the tilting position.
Slide the sun screen backwards to its maximum.
Slide trim frame backwards (clipped on in the area of the front guides and guided in the rear area by the studs).
Check parallel running, set if necessary Chapter.
Loosen all four screws of the glass panel (centering afloat in the roof opening).
Guide the glass panel in position closed.
Perform height adjustment of front and rear glass panel on both sides as follows:
210
Front roof pane adjustment:

A = 1 mm lower than the roof -2-1- = Glass panel
Arrow = direction of travel
Rear roof panel adjustment:

b = 1 mm higher than the roof -2Arrow = direction of travel
-1- = Glass panel
Tighten glass panel screws (6
Nm).
Slide trim frame forwards and
clip on (clipped on in the area
of the front guides and guided
in the rear area by the studs).
Check E-drive (0 position)
211
If the E-drive is replaced, it

must be installed in the 0
position (cover for
sliding/tilting roof closed).
Fit together plug connection
E-drive/wiring loom
sliding/tilting roof (before
installation).
Operate switch -1-, until the
0 position of the E-drive -2is reached: 0 position is
located between the final
switch-off points -A- and
B-. The final switch-off
point -B- is reached by
turning to the right and the
final switch-off point -A- is
reached by turning to the left
of the drive pinion.
Note
The 0 position is
automatically set by operating
the switch in the close
position.
-A- Final switch-off point,
panel tilting position = 2 turns
until 0 position.
-B- Final switch-off point,
panel tilting position = 8.25
turns until 0 position.
Check parallel running and adjust

Inspection
Guide the glass panel in position closed.
Slide the sun screen completely backwards by hand.
Slide trim frame backwards (clipped on in the area of the front guides and guided in the rear area by the studs).
212
The catch hooks (with roller) -1must be locked in the runners.

The bolts -2- must be within the
markings (notches) -arrows-.
If this not the case, adjust
parallel running as follows:
Adjusting:
Disconnect earth strap of the
battery.
Unhook cover -1- for E-drive in

-direction of arrow-.
Remove E-drive.
213
The catch hooks (with roller) -1must be locked in the runners.
Only slide the rear guides with

bolts -2- from front to back
between the notches -arrows-.
E-drive (0 position) install in

this position.
Always use new screws (fixing

screws are micro
encapsulated) 3 Nm.
Install glass panel for

sliding/tilting roof Chapter.
Remove sun screen

Glass panel and trim frame for sliding/tilting roof removed and sliding/tilting roof unit in closed
position.
Unclip the stops -2- of one

side and press the sun screen
to this side. Lever gliders -1
on the opposite side (from
front to back) out of the
guide ducts using a
screwdriver.
Swivel sun screen -3upwards out of the assembly

unit.
Install sun screen
214
Insert sun screen into the roof opening. Insert

gliders of the sun screen (gliders are locked on
the sun screen) into the guide ducts. Insert

gliders -1- of the other side into the guide ducts
and fit the lateral stops -2-.
Removing and installing assembly unit

Removing
Remove E-drive.
Remove the moulded headliner Chapter.
Pull off water drain hoses -arrows- from assembly unit.
215
Remove glass panel for

sliding/tilting roof for a better
assembly Chapter.
Note
The assembly unit can also be
removed completely with the
glass roof, the sun visor and the
trim frame.
Unscrew hexagon screws and
remove assembly unit from the
vehicle with the help of a
second mechanic.
Install
Position the assembly unit on
the rear supports and swivel to
the top (the three fixing bolts

must grip into the support
holes).
Screw on assembly unit (7.5
Nm).
Cleaning the water drain hoses

Front water drain hoses:
The front water drain hoses -1- run in the pillars A and terminate between the door and pillar A. Clean
from the sliding/tilting roof opening.
216
1 - Front water drain hose

2 - Water drain valve
Note
An approx. 2300 mm long
probe, self-made out of a
tachometer shift linkage core,
is recommended as an
auxiliary tool for cleaning.
Rear water drain hoses:
The rear water drain hoses -1run in the C pillars and
terminate at the side behind
the bumper. Clean from the
bottom hose end. The hoses
must not be removed.
217
1 - Water drain hose

Note
Rear water drain hoses
(Octavia Combi)
The rear water drain hoses -1run in the pillars D and
terminate at the side behind
the shock absorber cover.
Clean from the bottom hose
end. The bumper does not
have to be removed.
218
1 - Water drain hose

Note
219
Sliding/tilting roof Webasto with glass panel

Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel
1 - Glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (single-layer safety glass)

q Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
q Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
220
q Adjust glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) Chapter

2 - Gasket
q Replace panel seal Chapter
3 - Sun screen
q Remove and install sun screen Chapter
4 - Guard top
q removing Chapter
5 - Guard bottom
q removing Chapter
6 - Rain groove
q remove together with sliding block guide Item
7 - End part
q stick on with glue -AKL 450 005 058 - Screw
9 - Assembly unit
q removing and installing Chapter
q
U-frame (with guide nut); if necessary only grease the guide nuts with special grease -G 000 450 02- otherwise the
functions cannot be guaranteed.
10 - Support
11 - Spring
12 - E-drive
q Check setting for the E-drive (0 position) Chapter
13 - Screw
14 - Rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism
15 - E-drive cover
q Hexagonal wrench for emergency activation is fixed to the cover
16 - Cover
17 - Draft deflector
18 - 4.5 Nm
19 - Sliding-block guide
20 - Sliding block with control cable
21 - Support
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Slide sun screen backwards.
Tilt sliding/tilting roof.
221
Unclip bottom trim strip -1- at rear -arrow- and

pull forwards away from the roof frame
Unclip top trim strip -2- at front and middle
and unhook at rear.
Release screws -1-.

Remove glass roof from the top.
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Glass roof must be fitted in the 0 position (glass roof closed).
The sliding-block guide bolt axis must be flush with

the marking on the sliding-block guide -arrow-.
If the sliding-block guide axis is not flush with the

sliding-block guide then parallel running must be
adjusted for Chapter.
222
Insert glass panel for sliding/tilting roof from the

top and slightly tighten the fixing screws -1-.
Note
Only tighten the fixing screws after adjusting the
panel height (4.5 Nm).
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)

The 0 position of the sliding/tilting roof must be in proper order.
Slide sun screen backwards.
Unclip bottom trim strip -1- at rear -arrow- and

pull forwards away from the roof frame.
Unclip top trim strip -2- at front and middle
and unhook at rear.
Slacken the screws -3- (4,5 Nm).
Close sliding/tilting roof, open and close again

(this sequence must be respected to obtain a
correct setting).
Perform height adjustment of front and rear

glass panel on both sides as follows:
223
Front roof pane adjustment:

a = 0...1 mm lower than the roof
Rear roof panel adjustment:

b = 0...1 mm higher than the roof
Tighten glass panel screws (4.5 Nm).
Adjust the left and right side symmetrically.
Note
Inspect the height adjustment by opening and
closing the sliding/tilting roof.
Hook on top trim strip -2- at rear and middle

and clip on at front.
Slide the bottom trim strip -1- in direction of
arrow to the rear and clip on in the front area.
Replacing the glass roof pane seal

Remove glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof Chapter.
224
Remove gasket -1- from glass panel.

Press new seal into the glass panel -2-.
Note
For easier mounting coat seal with lubricant (water).
Removing and installing the sun visor

Removing
For easier mounting slide sun visor slightly backwards.
Lever off front and rear slide with a screwdriver

and take out sun visor -1- to the top.
Install
Removing and installing E-drive

Removing
Disconnect earth strap of the battery.
225
Lever off E-drive cover with

device -3409-.
Note
The E-drive can only be
removed and installed when
the sliding/tilting roof closed.
Disconnect the plug
connection.
Release screws -arrows- and

remove drive.
Install
the reverse order.
Note
Always replace the drive
screws with new ones (3.5
Nm).
Setting electric drive mechanism (setting 0 position)

Setting of the 0 position may be necessary if the drive was not removed in the 0 position or if the
sliding/tilting roof was opened or closed using the emergency operation mechanism.
Drive removed and wiring connected.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to select roof tilted.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof closed.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof opened.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof closed.
226
In 0 position install the drive with the sliding/tilting roof closed.
The 0 position is
recognizable through a
window -arrow A- on the

engine by the recess of the
ring gear -arrow B-.
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism
227
Using the wedge -3409remove the E-drive cover.
Remove the automatic

preselection mechanism
switch from the cover.
Check parallel running

The sliding-block guide bolt axis must be flush with

the marking on the sliding-block guide -arrow-.
Setting the parallel running

Half open glass panel for sliding/tilting roof.
Remove E-drive Chapter.
Manually slide glass panel for sliding/tilting roof backwards up to the stop.
Installing E-drive Chapter.
Removing and installing assembly unit

Removing
228
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism Chapter.

Pull off water drain hoses -arrows- from assembly

unit -1-.
Screw out screws -2- and remove the assembly
unit from the vehicle.
Note
Removal and installation of the assembly unit is
carried out by 2 mechanics.
Install
Insert assembly unit -1- in the roof.

Align the assembly unit -1- in the roof frame and
screw in.
Check the proper routing of the lines and plug

connections of all electrical components on the
roof and if necessary adjust.
Tighten the screws -2- of the assembly unit -1with the drive -3- (8 Nm).
Fitting water drain hoses -arrows-.
Install the plug connection for the E-drive.
229
Adapting the E-drive

Switch on ignition.
For vehicles of MY 03
Using the wedge -3409remove the E-drive cover.

Pull out the plug for the Edriver at the roof opening.
Connect the plug connection
for the E-drive.
Insert the cover for the Edrive.
For all vehicles
Close sliding/tilting roof.
Press automatic preselection
mechanism in position roof
closed for minimum 3

seconds; the basic setting of
the drive is performed.
Cleaning the water drain hoses

Chapter
230
Bumper
Front bumper
Summary of components of bumper 12.01
1 - Lock carrier
2 - 1 Nm
q Wheelhouse liner attached.
3 - Cross member
Removing:
Remove bumper (Pos. 6).
Remove nuts (Pos. 12).
Remove screws (Pos. 14).
4 - Nut
231
5 - 8 Nm
q Accessible after removing the bumper strip (Pos. 9).
6 - Bumpers
Removing:
Open front flap.
Disconnect bumper strip (Pos. 9).
Remove the screws (Pos. 5) on both sides.
Remove ventilation grid (Pos. 11).
Unclip plug connections if necessary.
Detach the washer nozzles of the headlamp cleaning system (only on vehicles with headlamp cleaning system).
Remove bumper to the front.
7 - Temperature sensor
q Only for vehicles with multifunctional indicator.
8 - 1 Nm
9 - Bumper strip
10 - Spoiler
q Pressed on into the bumper clips.
q Must not be removed for removing the bumper.
q For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper.
12 - 20 Nm
13 - 1 Nm
14 - 23 Nm
15 - Support
q For vehicle 08.00 12.01
q Bondings Chapter
Bondings of front bumper for vehicles 08.00 12.01

The front bumper is sealed with self-adhesive support on the cooling fan bottom frame.
On vehicles 01.02 self-adhesive supports are replaced with holders (Pos. 16).
Work procedure
Clean head contact surfaces of the front bumper and cooling fan frame with degreased spirit solution.
232
First of all stick support -1- onto the radiator

frame -2-.
Observe these dimensions:
a = 24 mm
b = 17 mm
Install the front bumper.
Press bumper -3- on the radiator frame -2-.
Summary of components of bumper 01.02
1 - Lock carrier
2 - 1 Nm
233
q Wheelhouse liner attached.

3 - Cross member
Removing:
Remove nuts (Pos. 12).
4 - Nut
5 - 8 Nm
q Accessible after removing the bumper strip (Pos. 9).
6 - Bumpers
Removing:
Open front flap.
Remove the screws (Pos. 5) on both sides.
Remove ventilation grid (Pos. 11).
Unclip plug connections if necessary.
Detach the washer nozzles of the headlamp cleaning system (only on vehicles with headlamp cleaning
system).
Remove bumper to the front.
7 - Temperature sensor
q Only for vehicles with multifunctional indicator.
8 - 1 Nm
9 - Bumper strip
10 - 5 Nm
12 - 20 Nm
13 - 1 Nm
14 - 23 Nm
15 - 5 Nm
16 - Bumper holder
234
Rear bumper
Summary of components of rear bumper
1 - Cross member
On vehicles with trailer coupling, replaced with trailer coupling frame.
Removing:
235

Unscrew nut (Pos. 2) and remove cross member.
2 - Nut, 20 Nm
3 - Cover strip below tail light
4 - 1 Nm
5 - Cover strip
q Pressed on into the bumper clips (Pos. 6).
6 - Bumpers
Removing:
Open tailgate.
Detach cover strip (Pos.).
Unscrew screws (Pos. 4), slide cover strip below the tail light (Pos. 3) in the direction of the centre of the
vehicle and remove.
Remove side trim panel in luggage compartment and unscrew screws (Pos. 10).
Pull out bumper to the rear.
Note
Before removing the bumper it is necessary to disconnect plug of park sensors (if present).
The installation occurs in reverse order.
7 - Rear spoiler
q Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for unscrewing.
q For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper.
8 - Bumper strip
9 - 1 Nm
10 - 8 Nm
q Accessible via the luggage compartment.
q Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for unscrewing.
Summary of components of rear bumper (Octavia Combi)
236
237
1 - Screw, 1 Nm
q Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for releasing.
2 - Mounting strip
3 - Nut, 8 Nm
4 - Nut, 20 Nm
5 - Bumper strip
6 - Bumpers
Removing:
Open tailgate.
Remove luggage compartment side trim panel and unscrew screws (Pos. 1) and (Pos. 10).
Remove screws (Pos. 8 and Pos. 9).
Pull out bumper to the rear.
Note
Before removing the bumper it is necessary to disconnect plug of park sensors (if present).
7 - Rear spoiler
q For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper
8 - 1 Nm
9 - 1 Nm
10 - 8 Nm
11 - Plastic nut
12 - Cross member
On vehicles with trailer coupling, replaced with trailer coupling frame.
Removing:
q Remove bumper (Pos. 6).
q Remove nuts (Pos. 4) and remove cross member.
Cutting out the opening for the trailer arm

Remove the rear bumper Chapter.
Place the bumper on a soft felt base.
238
Cut out the cutouts for the tensioning sleeve of the

trailer arm carrier and the foldable socket,
according to the pre-embossed marking, e.g. using
a sharp knife.
After cutting out the opening, deep clean the
edges with a suitable tool.
Note
Avoid damage to the painted bumper side!
Drilling the openings for the parking aid sensors

Predrill the openings
Note
Avoid damage to the painted bumper side!
Removing the bumper Chapter.
Measure the centres for the reversing sensors and

mark them as shown in the fig.
239
Drill the openings with a diameter of 4 mm.

Use a step drill in order to drill the opening
(diameter 18 mm).
Drill the openings from the outer side of the

bumper with maximum precision. Remove possible
burrs from the inside and clean the openings.
Note
If the vehicle is also equipped with parking aid
sensors in the front bumper, the work procedure is
the same as for both rear bumpers.
240
Glazing/window mechanism
Glued windows
Removing and installing glued windows
Note
For safety reasons, re-using a cut-out windscreen is not permissible. The windscreen must always be replaced with
a new original part. The cut-out rear and side windows can be re-used after a thorough inspection.
t Cutting cord or cutting wire holder, e.g. manufactured by the company Equalizer TWH 200 and DGE 100.
t Straightening knife e.g. -SB - 531- or glass scraper -SC - 170-.
t Device for inserting cutting cord or cutting wire.
t Spooler e.g. -V.A.G 1654A- with steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1-.
t Cutting wire e.g. -357 853 999 A-.
t Cutting cord e.g. -357 845 955-.
t Cup suction tool -V.A.G 1344- or tool manufactured by Equalizer -ESM-911-.
t Compressed air pistol, e.g. - V.A.S 5237-.
t Cartridge heating box e.g. -V.A.G 1939A-.
Adhesive materials
Spare part Purpose, application range

No.
2K Window glue
(PUR)
DA 004
600 A21)
1K Window glue
(PUR)
1K Window glue
(PUR)
Strong glueing of the windscreen, rear and side

windows. Adhesive hardens fast so the work must
be done swiftly and skillfully.
windows.
windows.
DH 009
1001)2)
DH 009
100
031)2)3)
Activator
D 181 801 Activates the previously sectioned original layer.
A1
Applicator
D 009 500 Apply primer and activator.
25
Primer for windows D 009 200 Priming the windows. Must be applied to window.
and painted
02
Is applied to paint before applying glue and sealant
surfaces.
(PUR).
Cleaning solution
D 009 401 For cleaning all surfaces to which primer or glue is
04
applied.
Glue remover
D 002 000 Removes residual glue.
10
Designation
manufacturer
comment
Caution: Comply with the
manufacturer's handling
instructions.
300 ml filling
110 ml small filling
Order volume 25 pieces
Must not be used on glued

surfaces before glueing.
1)
Observe waiting time Chapter.
2)
According to manufacturer's instructions heat up with cartridge heater e.g -V.A.G 1939-.
3)
Small cartridge 110 ml, for sealing work, or if the 300 ml cartridge is insufficient.
241
Summary of components of
windscreen
1 - Ceramic coating
2 - Windscreen
Remove windscreen Chapter.
Install windscreen Chapter.
3 - Dimension -a a = 41 mm
4 - Sealing section
Is part of the windscreen.

5 - Applying PUR (part of the pre-layering)
6 - PUR - adhesive cement
7 - Retaining plate for rear-view mirror
8 - Window pane adjuster
For adjusting the upper window gap.
Use the eccentric.
9 - Water collection strip

Roof drip
10 moulding
Removing and installing windscreen

WARNING
Wear protective goggles and gloves when cutting hardened PUR adhesive cement.
Removing undamaged windscreen
Remove water collection strips -3-.
242
Unscrew wiper arms -2-.

Mu = 20 Nm.
Remove the cooling water tank cover -1 Chapter.
Removing interior rear-view mirror -4- Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A Chapter.
Unscrew sun visors -5- (Clearance between

window flange and moulded headliner is achieved
in this way).
Cover the painted surfaces along the window with

textile adhesive tape.
Pierce adhesive cement with the piercing needle in
the bottom left corner.
Pull cutting wire through the needle and attach
the wire end to the windscreen wiper support.
Insert cutting wire all around the windscreen
behind the sealing profile.
Attach spooler -V.A.G 1654A- to the inner side of

the windscreen and insert the other wire end into
the spooler.
Cut through the adhesive cement with spooler V.A.G 1654A-.
243
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and continue cutting.
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and attach steering

roller -V.A.G 1474/1- to the inner side of the
windscreen.
Note
Cut through the adhesive cement as long as the
cutting wire is guided in the steering roller V.A.G 1474/1-.
Remove steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1- and

continue cutting through adhesive cement.
244
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and attach steering

roller -V.A.G 1474/1- to the inner side of the
windscreen.
Note
Cut through the adhesive cement as long as the
cutting wire is guided in the steering roller V.A.G 1474/1-.
Remove steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1- and
continue cutting through adhesive cement.
Repeat procedure in the top left and bottom
corner.
Remove windscreen with the suction cup gripper,

e.g. -V.A.G 1344- or the one made by Equalizer ESM-911-.
Removing undamaged windscreen

Remove water collection strips -5-.
Unscrew wiper arms -2-.
Mu = 20 Nm.
Remove the cooling water tank cover -1 Chapter.
Removing interior rear-view mirror -3- Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A Chapter.
Unscrew sun visors -4- (Clearance between

window flange and moulded headliner is achieved
in this way).
Cover the painted surfaces along the window with

textile adhesive tape.
Pierce adhesive cement with the piercing needle.
Draw cutting cord through the needle and insert
the cutting cord holders.
Cut out windscreen with cutting cord along the

circumference of the window.
Removing windscreen.
Install
Prepare new windscreen for fitting Chapter.
Prepare flange for fitting Chapter.
Mounting instructions Chapter.
Waiting time Chapter.
245
Summary of components of rear

window
1 - Dimension -a a = 3.61 mm
2 - Sealing section
3 - Rear window
5 - Bulb for high level brake light
Assembly overview of rear window (Octavia Combi)
Rear window (Octavia Combi) 09.03

1 - Rear window
3 - Sealing section
246

1 - Rear window
3 - Stop
for installation of window
Removing and installing the rear window

Removing undamaged window
Remove high level brake light.
Disconnect the plug connections of the heated rear window and press the contact tabs onto the window.
Further removal occurs as for the windscreen Chapter, remove windscreen.
Removing damaged window
WARNING
Wear protective spectacles and gloves.
Protect vehicle interior from glass splinters.
Disconnect the rear window heating.
Remove the glass residue.
Cover the painted surfaces along the window with textile adhesive tape.
Cut through the glue sealing compound (with glass residue) e.g. with the cutting tool e.g. -V.A.G 1561/10- (with
stop roll).
Installing rear window
Mounting instructions Chapter.
Waiting time Chapter.
247
Assembly overview of side window

(Octavia Combi)
1 - Side window
2 - Sealing profile (part of the pre-layering)
3 - Trim strip
affixed to the sealing profile -2 is destroyed without side window when
removing
Removing and installing side window (Octavia Combi)

Removing undamaged window
Note
The decorative strip Anchor Pos. 3 is removed together with the side window.
Remove trim panel of pillar C Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar D Chapter.
Further removal occurs as for the windscreen Chapter.
Removing damaged window
Removal is performed in the same way as for the damaged rear window Chapter.
Installing side window
Observe mounting instructions Chapter.
Stick on side window.
Stick on side strip.
Coat the glued surface of the decorative strip with paint primer -D 009 200 02- and apply glue sealing compound
onto the pre-painted decorative strip after drying and glue decorative strip.
Observe waiting time Chapter.
Prepare new window for fitting

248
Windscreen 05.98
New windscreens are supplied with the sealing profile -PUR-.
1 - Sealing section
Wipe bead application surface with a dry, non-fluffy cloth
2 - Spacer catch
of the sealing profile
Stop for installation of window
3 - Applied bead
Applying bead Chapter
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
4 - Glued windscreen
Windscreen 06.98
1 - Glued windscreen
2 - Sealing section
3 - Spacer catch
4 - Applied bead
249

Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
5 - Plenum chamber cover
1 - Glued rear window
2 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
3 - Sealing section
1 - Glued rear window
2 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
3 - Stop
for installation of window
Side window (Octavia Combi)
1 - Trim strip
affixed to the sealing profile -4 is destroyed without side window when removing
2 - Side window
3 - Applied bead side window
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
4 - Sealing section
5 - Applied bead decorative strip
Respect dimensions:
a = 6 mm
b = 10 mm
Rear window
New windscreens are supplied with the frame sealing profile -PUR-.
1 - Sealing section
2 - Spacer catch
3 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
4 - Rear window (tempered glass)
Glue sticker onto the new windscreen

250

t Degreased white spirit solution
Note
The sticker with the safety instructions on the windscreen must be replaced with new original part if the
sticker is damaged or when changing the windscreen.
Clean inside of windscreen and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution)
Remove the base paper from the sticker.
Stick sticker -1- onto the inside of the

windscreen
Dimension a = 102 mm (from the border of the
ceramic layer)
Mounting instructions
WARNING
Do not treat the sealing profile with primer or cleaning solution.
Apply a thin layer of

activator -AMV 181 800 02 onto the sealing profile -2with the aid of the applicator
-1--D 009 500 25- (felt ball
on wire).
Allow activator to work in
for at least 10 minutes.
251
Prepare flange for fitting

Cut back hardened PUR with the aid of e.g. the glass scraper SC - 170 or the straightening knife SB - 531
to approx. 1 mm thickness.
Apply a thin coat of activator to the cut back glue layer.
Allow activator to work in for at least 10 minutes.
Note
The remainder of the hardened adhesive cement serves as a base for newly applied adhesive cement. Keep
t
the surfaces to be glued clean and free from grease.
t The activator must not come into contact with paintwork, otherwise it will be damaged.
If the flange was only partly replaced or if the paintwork was damaged clean this area again after painting
and treat with primer.
Glueing
After completing the preparations cut the nozzle for applying the glue into shape as shown in the figure.
Dimension -a- 12 mm.
Bead width 8 mm.
Application direction -arrow-.
Note
t The bead section is dependent on the section of the nozzle and the application speed.
t
When using a 1K window pane adhesive -DH 009 100- or -DH 009 100 03-, preheat the glue cartridges
for 20 minutes in the warming box -V.A.G 1939A-.
t When using a 2K window pane adhesive -DH 004 300 05- mix the components with mixer -D 009 700-.
WARNING
Comply with the manufacturer's handling instructions.
Note
Use disposable gloves when working with glues and adhesive materials.
Apply the adhesive cement to the sealing section -1- perpendicularly to the window surface and all
252
around it.
Note
t Apply adhesive cement at a temperature of 10 to 30C.
t Open all vehicle windows before fitting the window into the frame.
Insert the window in the frame using double nipple gripper (V.A.G 1344), centre and press onto the
spacer catches.
WARNING
Fit the window immediately as otherwise the adhesive properties of the glue decrease considerably.
Insert window in frame with positioning wedges if necessary eccentrics (applies for windscreen).
Fix the window during hardening process with adhesive tape.
Any adhesive cement which was applied too thickly and is pressed out up to the heating filaments of the
rear window heating must be removed.
Waiting time
Note
t Waiting time: From fitting of the window until the vehicle is put into service.
t
The vehicle must stand on a flat surface during the waiting period at an ambient temperature above
15C.
A higher temperature and a greater relative humidity shorten the waiting time for the glue sealing
compound to harden.
Window type Vehicle
Window pane adhesive Waiting time
with airbag
DH 009 100
16 hours
Windscreen
DA 004 600 A2
3 hours
without airbag
DH 009 100
4 hours
t
253
Side windows
Rear window
DA 004 600 A2
DH 009 100
DA 004 600 A2
DH 009 100
3 hours
4 hours
3 hours
4 hours
WARNING
The vehicle is only safe for driving after the waiting time has expired.
Eliminating paint damage

The paint structure must be restored in accordance with the instructions in the Paint Repairs handbook and
if necessary anti-corrosion measures must be carried out according to the applicable repair technology of
koda.
Remove adhesive cement and clean

It is recommended to use glue remover -D 002 000 10-. Observe safety regulations while working.
WARNING
When cleaning the vehicle interior do not press against the freshly glued window.
Clean the paint surfaces with a dry cloth. Remove the glue residue with glue remover -D 002 000 10-.
Clean plastic coverings:
Allow the adhesive cement to harden (for approximately 1 hour) and then pull off.
Glue self-adhesive foil 4x4 onto the heatable rear window

Materials
Note
When working wear recommended proper protection (protective gloves).
Clean inside of tailgate windscreen and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Moisten inner window with water.
Remove the base paper from the sticker.
254
Stick the sticker onto the moistened inner

window.
Dimension -a- 125 mm.
Dimension -b- 125 mm.
Position -c-: Letters CTA must be on the
second heatable line from below.
Position -d-: The number 4 must be on the
third heatable line from below.
Smoothen writing over the applicator paper.
Remove applicator paper.
If necessary smoothen writing again (e.g. with
rubber cylinder).
Adhesive is dried after approx. one hour.
Remove self-adhesive foil 4x4 from the heatable rear window

Note
t Observe undamagability of the heated cross-wire for the rear window.
t When working wear recommended proper protection (protective gloves).
If necessary use the work sequence Chapter.
Materials
t Glue remover 3M Scotchcal 221
Slightly shake glue remover content and pour the specified quantity into the reservoir.
Apply a layer of glue remover evenly onto the foil with a brush or a roller.
Allow to work for approx. 15 minutes (glue remover forms a cohesive layer of jelly).
Remove foil in a sharp angle through extensive pulling.
Clean surface with spirit solution.
255
Exterior equipment
Trim panels
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 05.98
1 - Spreader clip
Two-piece.
Two-piece.
Removing:
Remove windscreen wipers.
Unscrew top part of
spreader clips -1- a few
turns and pull out spreader
clips.
Pull off the windscreen
washer hoses.
Remove cover parts.
the reverse order.
3 - Windscreen washer hose
4 - Cooling-water tank seal
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 06.98
256

Two-piece.
Clipped into windscreen
sealing section -5-.
Removing:
Remove windscreen wipers.
Remove the right cover part
in the overlapping location
with the left cover part arrows- by pulling them in

the direction of the window.
Remove left cover part.
Pull off the windscreen
washer hoses.
the reverse order.
2 - Cooling-water tank seal
3 - Windscreen washer hose
4 - Windscreen
5 - Windscreen sealing
section
257
Protective strips
Removing and installing protective side strips
1 - Front door protective strip

self-adhesive
2 - Rear door protective strip
self-adhesive
Removing
Heat adhesive protective
side strip with a hot air
blower for plastic (e.g. V.A.G 1416-) and pull off.
Install
Clean the adherend on the
outer panel with petrol, treat
with a silicone remover and
wipe dry.
Mark out the position of the

protective side strips on the
vehicle.
a = 205 mm
b = 237 mm
Note
If there are other protective
side strips on the vehicle, align
the protective side strips to be
replaced according to them.
Remove protective foil,
position the protective side
strip and press on with force
(before pressing on check
whether the position of the
protective side strip has
changed). The temperature
of the outer panel and the
protective side strips must
be of approx. 40C.
258
Wheelhouse liner
Removing and installing the front wheelhouse liner
Removing
Unscrew wheel, Mon = 110 Nm.

Remove torx screws -2- (1 Nm).
Pull out wheelhouse liner -1-.
Note
For vehicles with engine identification characters
ATD, ARZ, ARX, AUM, AUQ: When removing
the wheelhouse liner, the wheelhouse noise
insulation panel -3- can fall out. It must be reinserted, if necessary replace.
Install
Removing and installing the rear wheelhouse liner

Removing
259
Unscrew wheel, Mon = 110

Nm.
Remove torx screws -2- (1
Nm).
Pull out wheelhouse liner 1-.
Install
the reverse order.
260
Roof drip moulding

Removing and installing roof drip moulding
1 - Roof drip moulding
2 - Retaining clip
replace if damaged
Press together retaining clips

with pliers and remove from
the T bolt
3 - T bolt
welded on the body
4 - Front end piece
5 - Rivet
6 - Holding strip
7 - Cover strip
8 - Cover
Clipped in.
Covers the roof rack
supports.
9 - Rear end piece
Removing
Lever off roof drip moulding
-1- from the retaining clips 2- with device -3409(plastic wedge).
Install
Align roof drip moulding

and press into retaining clips
using the palms of the hand.
261
Rear-view mirror
Summary of components of rear-view mirror
1 - Cover
remove in right angle to the door frame
When removing and installing, separate or install the plug connection from the front treble speaker (if
present).
2 - Gasket
3 - 10 Nm
4 - Clip
5 - Door
6 - Mirror housing
7 - Mirror glass
262
Clipped on for both versions (manual and electric adjustment).

Removing:
Disconnect electric plug connection for electric mirror heating (if available).
Press out the mirror glass, first at the bottom then at the top (removal tool -MP 8-506- or -MP 8-602/1-).
Protect the mirror housing from damage.
Installing:
Note
Make sure you only press the center of the glass - protective gloves must be worn.
8 - Activation (manual)
9 - Nut
10 - Screw
for manual mirror adjustment
2 Nm
11 - Operating button
fitted on the operating mechanism
12 - Plug connection
for electric mirror adjustment
13 - Retaining clip
263
Trailer coupling
Summary of components trailer coupling
1 - Trailer coupling frame
Removing:
Remove trailer arm -4-.
Insert the blind plug -3- in the trailer arm hole.
Remove the rear bumper Chapter.
Remove power socket -7-.
Remove screws -2-.
Note
The trailer couplings manufactured by PEKA and by
PROF-SVAR are removed and installed in the same
way as there are only minor differences in shape and
function of the components.
2 - Bolt with spring washer, 80 Nm
3 - Blind plug
Insert in trailer arm hole.
4 - Trailer arm
Removing:
Open lock on trailer arm hole.
Remove arm.
Insert the blind plug -3- in the trailer arm hole.
5 - Screw
6 - Washer
7 - Power socket
Removing:
Release screws -5-.
Disconnect electrical installation.
Note
Use the type of power socket and the electric
installation according to the relevant national
legislation.
8 - Support
9 - 2.5 Nm
10 - Grommet for electric installation
264
265
Roof rack
Summary of components of roof rack (Octavia Combi)
1 - Roof rack
t Removing:
266
Remove cover Item.

Unscrew screws Item, lay aside threaded plates Item and take out roof rack.
t Installation is carried out in the reverse order.
Note
Holes for roof railing are on all the vehicles.
2 - 8 Nm
3 - Cover
4 - Threaded plate
t Removing:
Remove cover Item.
Unscrew screws Item, lay aside roof rack Item and take out threaded plates.
t Installation is carried out in the reverse order.
5 - Roof drip moulding
267
Roof spoiler
Summary of the components - for the complete rear spoiler
1 - Rear spoiler
2 - 5 Nm
3 - Adhesive cement
Removing and installing complete rear spoiler

t 4 pin screws (approximately 15 mm long, sharply grinded at tip)
t Drill 6 mm
t Cutting wire with holder
t Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
t Universal cleaning solution part no. HHA 381 011
Removing the spoiler
268
Unscrew fixing screws from spoiler.

Cut off the spoiler from the tailgate (cut through the adhesive cement).
Remove the spoiler.
Installing the spoiler
Screw the pin screws into the spoiler.
Position the spoiler in the specified position:

a = 867 mm (measured from the window edge
to the spoiler edge)
Centre the spoiler on the tailgate.
Press the spoiler evenly, until pin screw tips
are pressed off in the paintwork.
Remove spoiler from the tailgate and make

holes for screws on the points marked by the
pin screws in the spoiler.
Remove pin screws.

Clean holes and protect against corrosion.
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as
the tailgate with universal cleaning agent while
observing the instructions for the adhesive
cement issued by the manufacturer.
Apply the adhesive cement all around the

coloured spoiler surface while observing the
instructions issued by the manufacturer.
Push the spoiler onto the tailgate and install

the fixing screws (5 Nm).
Remove any dirt present using a cleaner.
Note
The adhesive cement must dry for 2 hours. Do
t
not drive the vehicle in this time.
t
Do not drive into the carwash within 24 hours

of gluing on the spoiler.
269
Self-adhesive foils Octavia RS WRC

Important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils
Note
This work procedure requires a second mechanic.
t Shampoo solution (98% water, 2% shampoo)
t Hot-air blower e.g. -HLG - 600t Technical petrol
Prepare vehicle surface
Clean vehicle surface and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Spray vehicle surface with shampoo solution.
Prepare self-adhesive foils
Remove base paper from the self-adhesive foil.
Spray self-adhesive foil Item with shampoo solution when removing the applicator paper.
Rework the foils after glueing
Smoothen the foil with a spatula.
Dry foil with hot-air blower at an air temperature of max. 100C.
Remove the auxiliary markings according to the type of foil.
Note
Do not drive into the carwash within 24 hours after sticking on the foils.
Remove self-adhesive foil

Heat the foils which must be removed with hot-air blower at an air temperature of max. 100C.
Remove foils in a sharp angle through extensive pulling.
Clean off glue residues of foil from the vehicle with technical petrol.
Summary of components of side self-adhesive foils

Note
t Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
t Use shampoo solution for glueing (98% water, 2% shampoo).
270
1 - Rear shadow bumper

2 - Rear bumper
t Painted part
3 - Side shadow
4 - Fuel tank lid
5 - Rear side window shadow
6 - Rear side window feature
7 - Rear side window shadow
8 - Rear side window feature
9 - Rear door feature
t spray with shampoo solution when removing the applicator paper
10 - Shadow of the feature eyelet
11 - Front door writing
12 - Writing Years of Motorsport
13 - Front bumper
t Painted part
14 - Front shadow bumper
271
Stick on side self-adhesive foils

Rear door feature
Remove rear door handle Chapter.
Remove the fuel-tank lid unit Chapter.
Remove the rear door window seals Chapter.
Stick on auxiliary marking (green colour) -arrowsin the specified position:
-b- = about 148 mm from the rear door edge.
Install the rear door window seals Chapter.
Stick on feature -9- in the specified position:
The feature top side must be flush with the
window seal - bottom side.
Observe the distance -a- = about 187 mm from the
rear door edge.
Cut and unglue the remainder of the auxiliary
marking -arrows-.
Cut the foil -9- along the rear door (the foil
projection at the pillar C amounts to approx. 4
mm).
Cut out an opening for the tank filler neck with

projection (approx. 4 mm).
Form out foil projections.
Cut out an opening for the door handle catch.
Form out the foil with hot-air blower in the area of

the door handle catch in the door rib and in the
area of the fuel tank cap.
Install rear door handle Chapter.

Install fuel-tank lid unit Chapter.
Side shadow
Stick on the side shadow -3- in the specified

position:
-a- = approx. 12 mm.
Cut the foils -3- along the rear door (the projection
at the pillar C amounts to approx. 4 mm).
Form out the foil projections corresponding to the
pillar C.
Stick on shadow -10- in the middle of the foil
eyelet.
Self-adhesive foils on the rear window.
272
Stick on the side shadow -5- with distance -b(approx. 12 mm) from the feature top side rear
door -9-.
Stick on side window feature -6- with distance -b(approx. 12 mm) from the side shadow top side -5.
Stick on the side shadow -7- according to the

auxiliary marking of the feature -6--arrow A-.
Stick on side window feature -8- according to the
auxiliary markings of the shadow -7--arrows B-.
Cut the foils -5-, -6-, -7- and -8- along the rear door
(the projection at the pillar C amounts to approx. 4
mm).
Form out the foil projections corresponding to the

pillar C.
Writing 100 on the front doors
273
Stick on writing -11- on the upper edge of the rib

for the protective side strip and observe
dimensions:
Right door: -a- = approx. 265 mm

Left door: -b- = approx. 56 mm
Writing Years of Motorsport on the front doors
Stick on writing Years of Motorsport in the

auxiliary markings -arrows- of the writing -11-.
Summary of components of roof and engine hood self-adhesive foil

Note
t Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
t Use shampoo solution for glueing (98% water, 2% shampoo).
274
1 - Front bumper
q Painted part
2 - Writing Years of Motorsport
3 - Grey writing 100 years of Motorsport
4 - Red writing 100
5 - Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM
6 - Side features
7 - Middle feature
8 - Side writing koda Auto
9 - Rear writing koda Auto
10 - Writing V100
11 - Rear bumper
q Painted part
Stick on roof and engine hood self-adhesive foils

Writing koda Auto
275
Note
Do not interchange the right and left side when glueing.
Glue the writing -8- of the dummy plug for the

roof rack starting from the rear according to
the auxiliary markings -arrow-:
the left side of the letter -othe right side of the letter --
Fit together the writing koda Auto-8- with

the roof drip moulding according to the
auxiliary markings.
Feature koda Auto

Glue on the outer middle feature -7- in the roof
centre according to the auxiliary markings.
Stick on the inner middle feature in the centre

of the outer feature according to the auxiliary
markings.
Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM and

side features
Mark the centre of the roof edge above the
front window.
Stick on the writing -5- on the roof centre (arrow A- marks the middle of the writing -5-).
Place the writing -5- according to auxiliary

markings simultaniously to the roof edge arrows-.
Stick on the outer side features in the corner of

the roof according to the auxiliary markings.
Stick on the inner side features in the centre of

the outer feature according to the auxiliary
markings.
Writing koda Auto and writings on the side

V100
Mark the centre of the roof edge above the rear
window.
276
Stick on the writing -9- on the roof centre (arrow B- marks the middle of the writing -9-).
Place the writing -9- according to auxiliary

markings simultaniously to the roof edge arrows-.
Stick on writings V100 according to

auxiliary markings.
Writing 100 Years of Motorsport on the engine
hood
Mark the following points on the engine hood:

-a- = approx. 215 mm
-b- = approx. 73 mm
-c- = approx. 395 mm (measured from the edge
of the engine hood to the lower edge of the
character -t-)
Stick the foil -3- onto the engine hood
according to the marked points.
Stick the foils -2- and -4- into the writing -3according to the auxiliary markings.
Summary of components of self-adhesive foils for rear bumper
277
Note
Pay attention to the important instructions for
glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
1 - Rear bumper
Painted part
2 - Left shadow for rear bumper
3 - Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM
4 - Right shadow for rear bumper
Stick on self-adhesive foils for front and rear bumper

Glue a 12 mm wide auxiliary band -1- (e.g out
of textile) below the paint surfaces of the front
and rear bumper. If necessary, mark the 12 mm
distance from the paint surfaces.
Mark the centre of the rear bumper.
Mark the centre of the writing
WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM.
Stick on the writing -3- in the centre of the
bumper.
Place the writing -3- onto the lower edge of the
auxiliary marking -1-.
Stick on the shadow for the rear bumper -2and -4-:
-a- = approx. 12 mm from the first and last
character edge of the writing -3-.
If necessary remove the auxiliary band -1-.
Glueing the shadow front bumper is identical to
the rear bumper, whereby the following must be
observed:
A projection of approx. 5 mm in the frame for
the vehicle identification plate.
278
Stick on the self-adhesive foils for the doors and the centre pillar
Note
Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
Lower the front and rear door windows.
Partly remove the window seals from the front and rear doors.
Front door
Stick foil -1- onto the front door.
Place the upper edge of the foil -1- simultaneously

with the edge of the window hole, whereby the
projection -a- = 5 mm must be kept.
Rear door
Stick the foil onto the rear door.
Place the upper edge of the foil 1 simultaneously

with the edge of the window hole, whereby the
projection of 5 mm must be kept.
Centre pillar
Stick foil -1- onto the centre pillar.
Position the lower edge of the foil -1simultaneously with the lower edge of the foil -2-arrows-.
Install window seals for the front and rear doors.

Pull up the front and rear door windows.
279
Rear spoiler (for vehicles Octavia Sedan 4x4)

1 - Rear spoiler
2 - Fitting sleeve
3 - Adhesive cement

t Cutting wire with holders e.g. -V.A.G 1351t Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
t Cleaning solution -HHA 381 011Removing the spoiler
Remove the spoiler.
Installing the spoiler
280
Remove dowel sleeve -1- and clips -2- from

the spoiler.
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as
the tailgate with universal cleaning agent -D
009 401 04- while observing the instructions

for the adhesive cement issued by the
manufacturer.
Apply the adhesive cement all around the

spoiler while observing the instructions issued
by the manufacturer.
Push the spoiler onto the tailgate (4.7 1 mm

from the tailgate edge to the spoiler edge).
The dimension 4.7 1 mm must be the same on
the left and the right side of the tailgate.
Secure position of the rear apron with
adhesive tape.
Note
The glue sealing mass must dry for 24 hours.
t
Do not drive the vehicle in this time.
t

281
Rear spoiler (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS)

1 - Adhesive cement
2 - Spring holder
3 - Rear spoiler
4 - Additional brake light

t Cutting wire with holders e.g. -V.A.G 1351t Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
Removing
Remove centre trim panel of tailgate Chapter.
Slacken two spring holders from the tailgate.
Detach plug for additional brake light and hose for spray nozzle and remove spoiler.
Note
Do not damage the painted surfaces.
Install
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as the tailgate with universal cleaning agent -HHA 381 011- while
observing the instructions for the adhesive cement issued by the manufacturer.
282
Apply the adhesive cement -1- all around the

spoiler while observing the instructions issued by
the manufacturer.
Connect the hose for the spray nozzle and the plug
for the additional brake light.
Place the spoiler onto the tailgate according to the

spring holders (4.7 1 mm from the tailgate edge
to the spoiler edge).
The dimension 4.7 1 mm must be the same on the

left and the right side of the tailgate.
Secure position of the rear apron with adhesive
tape.
Install centre trim panel of tailgate Chapter.
Note
The glue sealing mass must dry for 24 hours. Do
t
t
Do not drive into the carwash within 24 hours of

gluing on the spoiler.
Remove and install additional brake light (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS)
t Silicone sealant -Wrth 892 310 91Removing
Cut off the upper surface of the additional brake light from the rear spoiler and tear off the additional
brake light towards the bottom.
Remove additional brake light from the spoiler.
Remove the plug for the additional brake light.
Install
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as the additional brake light with universal cleaning agent
HHA 381 011 while observing the instructions for the adhesive cement issued by the manufacturer.
283
Apply silicone sealant -1- to the spoiler while

observing the instructions of the manufacturer.
Connect the plug for the additional brake light.
Insert the additional brake light in the spoiler.
Secure position of the additional brake light
with adhesive tape.
Note
The adhesive cement must dry for 2 hours. Do
t
t

284
Decorative sheets TAXI

Stick on decorative sheets and remove
t Technical petrol
t Shampoo solution (98% water, 2% shampoo)
t Hot-air blower
Stick on
Clean front and rear doors and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Spray front and rear doors with shampoo solution.
Remove base paper from self-adhesive foils 1-.
Stick self-adhesive foils -1- onto the front and

rear doors, pay attention to the following
points:
Place the upper edges of the foils onto the lower

edge of the door window seal.
Dimension a = 90 mm (joint between front/rear
door).
Wrap the projecting foil parts -1- around the
door edges (approx. 10 mm).
If necessary smoothen the foils (e.g. with
rubber cylinder).
The process for the right doors is identical.
Note
after sticking on the foils.
Remove
Heat the foils which must be removed with

hot-air blower at an air temperature of max.
100C.
Remove foils in a sharp angle through

extensive pulling.
Clean vehicle surface with technical petrol.
285
Dimensions of holes for roof sign TAXI

Summary of components of roof sign TAXI
1 - Nut
2 - Washer
3 - Rubber base
4 - Roof sign TAXI
5 - Support
6 - 9 Nm
7 - Bracket for roof sign TAXI
8 - 7 Nm
9 - T-pin
a - 35 mm
b - 7.3 mm
c - 88 mm
286
q Valid for Octavia Combi

q Measure from the fifth T-pin
d - 11 mm
q Valid for Octavia
q Measure from the sixth T-pin
q Brake off T-pin Item after making the holes.
The diameter of the hole for screws and cables is 6 mm.
Note
287
Interior equipment
Interior rear-view mirror
Removing and installing the interior rear-view mirror
Removing
Turn the interior rear-view mirror -2- in direction of arrow A- and dislodge from the
retaining plate -1- (clamping springs in mirror
base plate).
Install
Insert the interior rear-view mirror by approx.
90 turn to the right into the retaining plate -1-.
Turn the interior rear-view mirror -2- in direction of arrow B-, until the catch spring
locks.
Repairing with glue

Material:
t Glue set -D 000 703 A1Tools:
t Glass scraper e.g. -SC 170 On the outside of the windscreen, mark the position of the retaining plate, using a felt-tip pen for example.
Remove retaining plate from the mirror pedestal.
Remove old glue with wire brush from the retaining plate.
Place 360-400 grade sandpaper on a flat surface and sand the three separating knobs on the bonding
surface.
Sanded surfaces must be clean and free from grease.
Using the glass scraper, scrape the old glue and primer residues down to the ceramic layer on the
windscreen.
Clean the bonding surface with cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-.
WARNING
Do not damage the ceramic layer, as scratches will be permanently visible.
Cut a piece of nylon net fabric to the exact size of the mirror pedestal.
Note
A protective glove (rubber) must be worn.
288
Apply a generous layer of glue evenly on the retaining plate.

Fit a piece of nylon net fabric onto the retaining plate.
Continue applying adhesive by dabbing with the tube on the nylon.
Once the nylon is placed on the glue, you only have 30 seconds to press it onto the windscreen.
Press the retaining plate steadily onto the windscreen for 15 seconds (do not force).
Remove excess glue with a cloth.
Note
Mount the interior rear-view mirror after 15 minutes.
Removing and installing the interior mirror with rain sensor

t Plastic wedge -3409Removing
Press apart pedestal halves -1- and -5- with the
aid of the -3409-.
Take connector -3- out of pedestal and
separate.
Pull pedestal -4- with mirror -6- downwards
and away from retaining plate -2--arrow-.
Install
Note
After removing the rain sensor (for example
changing the windscreen) a new rain sensor must
be installed so that perfect functioning can be
guaranteed.
Attaching the pedestal retaining plate
Note
By applying the following repair procedure,
t you can avoid having to replace the windscreen
as done previously.
t
It is possible to reuse the old, fallen off

retaining plate.
Preparing windscreen
On the outside of the windscreen, mark the

position of the retaining plate, using a felt-tip
pen for example.
Any remaining glue or primer must be

removed down to the ceramic layer.
WARNING
Do not damage the ceramic layer, as scratches
will be permanently visible.
289
Clean the bonding surface with cleaning

solution -D 009 401 04-.
Leave to dry for min. 10 minutes.
Apply primer -D 009 200 02- to the glass.
Leave to dry for min: 10 minutes up to max. 1
hour.
Preparing the retaining plate for adhesive
Remove any residual adhesive.
Sand the adhesive surface with very fine
sandpaper (grade 800 - 1200).
Clean the bonding surface with cleaning
solution -D 009 401 04-.
Attaching the retaining plate
Apply adhesive -D 180 KD2 A1- directly to
the bonding surface of the retaining plate.
Glue bead diameter approx. 3 mm.
Immediately after application, press the
retaining plate onto the windscreen.
Arrange the retaining plate within the position

provided on the ceramic layer, and secure with
adhesive tape.
Carefully remove the adhesive tape after about

one hour.
Remove excess glue with a cloth and clean
with a cleaning solution.
Note
The interior rear-view mirror can be mounted
after a minimum of 2.5 minutes.
290
Storage areas, covers, trim panels

Summary of components of centre console 08.96
1 - Cigarette lighter
2 - Holder for cigarette lighter
3 - Front ashtray
4 - Gearshift lever knob
5 - Cover for gearshift
Clipped into centre console.
6 - 1.5 Nm
7 - Centre console
Removing:
Remove covering for the
handbrake lever Chapter.
Remove gearshift lever knob 4-.
Unclip cover -5- and remove
upwards.
Unscrew nuts -8-.
Release screws -6-.
Lift rear centre console from

the threaded bores -9- and lift
off from the gearshift lever.

reverse order.
8 - 2 Nm
9 - Screw-tucker
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.96
291
1 - Covering for the hand

brake lever
Removing:
Apply handbrake.
Pull the collar -2- towards

the top out of the clip
connection.
Pull out the rear ashtray -3towards the top.

Release screws -4-.
Pull the covering for the
handbrake lever towards the
rear and then remove it to

the top from the handbrake
lever.
the reverse order.
2 - Collar for the handbrake
lever
To remove pull collar over
the handbrake lever.
3 - Rear ashtray
4 - 1.5 Nm
Removing and installing footwell covering on driver's side

Removing:
292
Screw out the screws.

Pull footwell covering -1out of holders -2-.
Installing:
the reverse order.
Summary of components of centre console 08.98

1 - Collar for the shift lever
2 - Damping for gearshift (only for SDI)
3 - Surround
4 - Shift cover
5 - Front ashtray
6 - 1.4 Nm
7 - Centre console
Removing:
Remove covering for the handbrake lever
Chapter.
Pull out ashtray insert.
Remove collar for shift lever -1-.
Take off shift cover -4- including frame -3-.
Screw out screws -6- and remove front ashtray.
Release screws -8-.
Carefully slacken the trim panel of the 6 supports

which connect the centre console to the middle of
the dash panel, using a thin screwdriver.
Remove the trim panel from the supports towards

the rear and pull it over the gearshift lever.
8 - 1.4 Nm
293
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.98

1 - Covering for the hand brake lever
Removing:
Remove armrest Chapter.
Apply handbrake.
Pull the collar -2- towards the top out of the clip
connection.
Pull out the rear ashtray -6- towards the top.
Release screws -7-.
Disconnect plug connection for cigarette lighter 4-.
Pull the covering for the handbrake lever towards

the rear and then remove it to the top from the
handbrake lever.

2 - Collar for the handbrake lever
To remove pull collar over the handbrake lever.
3 - Grommet with illumination
4 - Cigarette lighter
5 - Cover
6 - Rear ashtray
7 - 1.4 Nm
Summary of components of the front armrest
294
1 - Armrest
Removing:
Remove trim panel -2- for
holder.
Release screw -11-.
reverse order.
2 - Holder cover
Removing:
Lift off left trim panel part.
Remove right trim panel part.
reverse order.
3 - Adapter
Removing:
Remove armrest -1-.
Release screw -4- and remove
adapter -3-.
reverse order.
4 - 14 Nm
5 - Covering for the hand brake
lever
6 - 18 Nm
7 - Support
Removing:
Remove armrest -1-.
Remove covering for the
handbrake lever Chapter.
Release screws -6-.
Remove bracket.
reverse order.
8 - Plate nut
9 - Adapter - 20 Nm
10 - 18 Nm
11 - 18 Nm
Removing and installing the sun visor

Removing:
295
Unhook sun visor -5- from the holder -8-.

Lever off cap -3- e.g. using an upholstery pin.
Release screw -2-.
Press sun visor retainer -4- in -the direction of

arrow A- and unhook retainer -4- in -direction
of arrow B-.
Unplug connector -1- for lamp (if present).

Take out sun visor -5-.
Release cap -7-.
Unscrew the screws -6- (2,5 Nm) and remove
the bracket -8-.
Installing:
Removing and installing the rear reading light

Removing:
Remove reading light -1- in

the direction of arrow.
Disconnect plug connection
remove light.
Installing:
the reverse order.
296
Recessed handle
Removing and installing recessed handle
Removing:
Fold down recessed handle 1-.

Release caps -3- with
screwdriver and open.
Release the screws -2- (1,5

Nm) and remove the
recessed handle -1-.
Installing:
the reverse order.
297
Entrance plates
Removing and installing sill panels
1 - Clamp
2 - Entrance plate
Removing:
Pull out entrance plate with
clamps -1- upwards.
Installing:
Make sure the clamps -1are correctly positioned on

the entrance plate.
Press the entrance plate and

clamps onto the holders -3-.
3 - Support
298
Net partition panel

Summary of components
1 - Support
q To support the rosette Item.
2 - Screw
299
q 15 Nm
3 - Side luggage compartment cover
q With hole for rosette Item.
4 - Rosette
q To support the retaining bolt for the net partition panel Item.
q Inserted in holder Item and trim panel.
5 - Screw
6 - Support
q To fix the net partition panel Item to the armrest.
7 - Net partition panel
q
To remove from the vehicle, unlock the button Item push it to the right and fold open -arrow A- (the rear
backrests must be folded over in position for removing).
8 - Partition panel pipe

9 - Unlock button
10 - Suspension lugs
q Fasten with screws Item to the retaining bracket Item.
11 - Retaining bracket
q Fasten with screws Item to the body.
12 - Screw
q 15 Nm
13 - Screw
q 15 Nm
300
Holder for fire extinguisher

Removing and installing holder for fire extinguisher
The holder/inner part for fire
extinguisher can only be
t
removed from the vehicle
when the seat is removed.
1 - Screw
2 - Seat upholstery
3 - Holder/inner part
Removing:
Remove seat height
adjustment handle Chapter.
Removing upholstery and
cover from seat Chapter.
Remove screws -1- and take
out the holder.
Installing:
reverse order.
4 - 4.5 Nm
5 - Holder/outer part
Removing:
Unscrew bolts -6- and remove

the holder/outer part from the
holder/inner part -3-.
Installing:
reverse order.
6 - 10 Nm
7 - Protective cover/fire
extinguisher
Removing:
Unscrew screws -8- and

remove the protective case
from the holder/outer part -5-.
Installing:
reverse order.
8 - 10 Nm
9 - Seat rack
301
Dimensions of holes for TAXI
printer
1 - Printer
2 - Screw
a - 36 mm
b - 38 mm
c - 112 mm
d - 16 mm
The diameter of the hole is 3 mm. Depth of the
hole 8 mm.
Summary of components of the

power socket
1 - Nut
2 - Socket
3 - Power socket
a - 60 mm
b - 30 mm
c - 4 mm
d - 27.8 mm
e - 16 mm
302
Roof aerial bore for TAXI twoway radio system

1 - Radio antenna
a - 210 mm
The diameter of the hole -b- is 13.2 mm.
Note
Summary of components of switch

for alarm system
1 - Screw
2 - Switch for alarm system
3 - Shim
4 - Washer
5 - Nut
6 - Support
7 - Recessed axle
8 - Foot rest
a - 5 mm
The support -6- is located in the recessed axle -7for the foot rest -8-.
303
Summary of components for the

off switch of the alarm system
1 - Off switch for alarm system
a - 25 mm
b - 40 mm
The diameter of the hole for screws is 3 mm
Note
microphone holder
1 - Microphone
2 - Screw
3 - Microphone holder
a - 20 mm
b - 10 mm
c - 40 mm
The diameter of the hole for screws is 3.5 mm
304
Passenger protection
Seat belts
Removing and installing the front seat belt height adjustment
Note
t Inspect seat belts Chapter.
t
Remove the trim panels of

pillar B when necessary.
1 - Cap
mountable
2 - 35 Nm
3 - Top deflection fitting
4 - 22 Nm
5 - Seat belt height adjuster
6 - The belt guide
7 - 3 Nm
8 - Nut
Remove and install front inertia reel and front seat belt fitting
305
Note
t
Remove the trim panels of the

pillars when necessary.
Screw the seat belt fitting on

the front seat belt height
t
adjustment on and off
Chapter.
1 - Front inertia reel
2 - 35 Nm
3 - Deflection fitting below
4 - 35 Nm
5 - Attachment point for inertia
reel
The retaining lugs determine
the position of the inertia reel
Summary of components of inertia reel with front seat belt tensioner
306
Note
Observe safety measures
t
Chapter.
Remove trim panels of pillar B
t Chapter and entrance plates
Chapter.
Screw the seat belt fitting on
the front seat belt height
t
adjustment on and off
Chapter.
t Arrow F = direction of travel.
1 - Inertia reel with front seat
belt tensioner
2 - 35 Nm
The seat belt tensioner is

unblocked (activated) by
turning the fixing screw.
3 - 35 Nm
5 - Inertia reel attachment point
the position of the inertia reel
Summary of components of rear inertia reel
307
Note
t
Remove the pillar and side trim

panels when necessary.
1 - Belt guide
Inserted in the support of the
luggage compartment cover
2 - Buckle latch/seat belt
3 - 35 Nm
5 - Inertia reel
The bottom deflection -4- and
the belt guide -1- must be
pulled through the support of

the luggage compartment
cover.
The retaining lugs -7determine the position of the

inertia reel
6 - 35 Nm
7 - Retaining lugs
Remove and install rear seat belt height adjuster (Octavia Combi)
308
Note
Inspect seat belts Chapter.
1 - 35 Nm
2 - Cap
Mounted.
3 - Top deflection fitting
4 - 1.5 Nm
5 - Top trim panel of pillar C
Removing Chapter.
6 - Seat belt height adjuster
7 - 22 Nm
Remove and install rear inertia reel (Octavia Combi)
309
Note
Inspect seat belts Chapter.
1 - Rear inertia reel
The position of the inertia reel is
determined by the holes for the
retaining lugs of the inertia reel 5-.
Removing:
Remove trim panel of pillar C
above Chapter.
Removing side trim panel in

luggage compartment
Chapter.
Remove screw -2- and take out

inertia reel.
2 - 35 Nm
3 - 35 Nm
5 - Holes for the retaining lugs
Summary of components - middle three-point seat belt at the rear
310
Note
t Arrow = direction of travel.
The inertia reel is fitted out
with the interlock system - if
the backrest rack is folded
t forward, the inertia reel is
blocked. The inertia reel is
enabled if the backrest rack is
fully locked in place.
t

the position of the inertia reel.
If the backrest is folded

forward, the seat belt is
t
blocked and cannot be pulled
out.
1 - Rear panel
2 - Inertia reel/middle belt
Removing:
Remove the bottom deflection
fitting -4-.
Removing upholstery and
cover from seat Chapter.
Remove nut -7-.
Remove the belt from the rear
panel -1-.
Installing:
reverse order.
3 - 35 Nm
5 - Vehicle floor
6 - Belt buckle
Removing:
Fold back the rear panel -1-.
Remove screw -3-.
Installing:
reverse order.
7 - 35 Nm
Safety instructions for work on seat belt tensioners

t All inspection, removal and installation work must only be carried out by properly qualified personnel.
t Belt tensioner units must not be opened or repaired. Only ever use new original parts.
t The belt tensioner units which have fallen on the floor must not be reinstalled in the vehicle.
311
Seat belt tensioner units which are mechanically damaged (dents, cracks) should always be replaced with
original new parts.
Belt tensioners not be disposed of in the usual way for other scrap but must be sent to a specialist company
or to the importer for disposal in compliance with instructions from PST and environmental protection
t
regulations. This also applies to ignited belt tensioners (one cannot determine with absolute certainty
whether all of the 3 pyrotechnic charges on the belt tensioners have been ignited).
t The prescribed packaging should be used for storage and transport.
t
The belt tightener units should be installed immediately after being removed from their transport
packaging.
t Place the seat belt tensioner unit back in the transport packaging if the work is interrupted.
t It is not permitted to leave the seat belt tensioner unattended.
t
The seat belt tensioner unit must not be treated with grease, cleaning agents or similar products, and it
must not be exposed to temperatures above 100C, not even for short periods.
t The seat belt tensioner units must not be subject to impacts.

t
The seat belt tensioners must be removed before starting repair work (cutting, straightening and body
panelling work etc.).
Both seat belt tensioners together with the seat belts (the seat belts do not roll out anymore) must be
replaced following a car accident in which the seat belt tensioners were deployed.
As long as the seat belts are in their basic position (not in use) the seat belts are blocked and cannot be
deployed.
Before disposing of vehicles, the seat belt tensioners must be removed and sent for disposal in accordance
with the specifications.
t Do not use impact screw drivers to remove or install the seat belt tensioners.
Removing and installing the front seat belt buckle
Remove front seat Chapter.

1 - Front seat belt buckle
2 - 22 Nm
3 - Fixing piece
4 - Intermediate piece
5 - 40 Nm
6 - Distance piece
312
Removing and installing the rear seat belt buckle
Fold rear seat bench

forwards
1 - 40 Nm
2 - Rear seat belt buckle
3 - 40 Nm
4 - Lap belt fitting
Removing and installing belt guide

Remove the rear deflection fitting Chapter.
Unhook the catch peg of the

belt guide -1- with screwdriver.
Note
The catch peg is accessible
t from the luggage
compartment.
t
The catch peg locks in the

inertia reel.
Remove the guide belt -1from the inertia reel -arrow-.
313
Inspect seat belts

WARNING
The seat belt system must be inspected after every accident! If one of the inspection points reveals any
damage inform the customer that the seat belts must be replaced with new original parts.
Inspection points:
l Check seat belt.
l Check inertia reel - locking mechanism.
l Seat belt buckle - visual inspection.
l Seat belt buckle - functional check.
l Check deflection fittings and buckle latch.
l Check fixing parts and fixing points.
l Check inertia reel.
Note
Make a special note should the customer refuse to have a damaged seat belt replaced.
Checking the seat belt
Completely unreel the seat belt from the inertia reel or from the lap belt adjusting strip.
Check seat belt for:
l Soiling, if necessary wash with a mild detergent.
l Torn fraying on the edge of the belt.
l Cuts, tears or chafing spots.
l Cigarette burn stains or holes etc.
If there is damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Checking the inertia reel - locking mechanism
The inertia reel has two locking functions.
t
The first locking function is activated when the belt is drawn rapidly out of the inertia reel (belt
withdrawal acceleration).
Test
Draw the seat belt out of the inertia reel with a sudden sharp pull.
l If locking mechanism does not work - replace seat belt together with buckle with a new original part.
l
First check whether the belt feeds out and retracts smoothly, and whether the position of the inertia reel
has changed.
The second locking function is activated by a change in the vehicle's motion (vehicle-dependent locking
function).
Test
Put on seat belt.
Accelerate to 20 km/h and perform a full brake with the brake pedal.
l
Replace the seat belt and buckle with a new original part if the locking device does not lock the belt during
braking.
WARNING
For safety reasons, carry out this test on a section of road with no traffic so as not to endanger other road
314
users.
Seat belt buckle - visual inspection
Check belt buckle for fractures and flaking.
l If there is damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Seat belt buckle - functional check
Checking seat belt buckle:
Insert buckle latch in the belt buckle until there is an audible click. Check whether the locking mechanism
engages, by tugging forcefully on the seat belt.
l
If the buckle latch fails to lock into the buckle even once out of at least five tests, replace the seat belt and
buckle with a new orginal part.
Check buckle release:

Release seat belt by pressing the seat belt buckle button.
If the belt is loose, the latch must eject independently from the belt buckle.
l
Test at least 5 times. If the buckle latch fails to eject even once, replace the seat belt and buckle with a new
original part.
WARNING
Never use lubricants to make seat buckle buttons quieter or easier to operate.
Checking deflection fittings and buckle latches
When the belt system is burdened (seat belt attached in an accident) plastic-coated fittings will display fine
parallel score marks. Normal wear and tear due to frequent use is recognisable by smooth, even wear,
without scoring.
Check the plastic for deformation, flaking and cracking.
l In the event of scoring and/or damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Checking fixingings and fixing points
t Buckle flange deformed (stretched)
t Height adjuster does not work.
t Fixing points (seat, pillar, vehicle floor) warped, or thread damaged.
l If the parts are damaged, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
l Replace fixing points.
Note
If there is damage not due to an accident, for example normal wear and tear, it is only necessary to replace
the part concerned with a new original part.
315
Airbag system
Note
Self-diagnosis for the airbag system Chapter.
Overview of fitting locations

1 - Airbag warning light (K 75)
2 - Passenger-side airbag unit
removing Chapter
deactivating and activating function (adjusting)
Chapter
3 - Key switch for front passenger airbag
Key switch for front passenger airbag is located in
the glove compartment
removing Chapter
4 - Driver side airbag unit
The passenger's side airbag unit is fitted in the
passenger seat
removing Chapter
deactivating and activating function (adjusting)
Chapter
5 - Driver airbag unit
removing Chapter
6 - Airbag control unit (J 234)
on the tunnel in the front part of the centre
console
removing Chapter
7 - Diagnostic connector
the storage compartment under the steering
wheel
8 - Crash sensor side airbag
the crash sensors for the side airbags on the driver

and passenger side are placed in the front area of
the B-cross member
removing Chapter
Safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system

t
Inspection, installation and repair work must only be carried out by properly qualified personnel for removal and
installation of the airbag.
Only operations described in this Workshop Manual may be carried out. It is absolutely prohibited to disassemble
the airbag units.
WARNING
316
The pyrotechnic propellant of the airbag units contains toxic substances. There is a risk of explosion if the airbag
unit is improperly handled!
Disconnect the earth strap of the battery before carrying out any work on the airbag system. After disconnecting
t the battery it is essential to wait one minute. The ignition must be switched on when connecting the airbag system
to a power source and no person should be present inside the vehicle.
t
The mechanic should electrically discharge himself before picking up (touching) the airbag unit. This is done by
touching earthed metal parts, such as e.g. water pipes or heating pipes.
t The airbag units should be installed immediately after being removed from the transportation packaging.
t If work is interrupted, place the airbag unit back in the transportation packaging.
t It is not permitted to leave the airbag unit unattended.
t
When removed, the driver and passenger side airbag units should be stored in such a way that the active side is
facing upwards.
t When removed, the side airbag units should be stored in such a way that the information carrier is facing upwards.
t Airbag units that have been dropped on a hard surface, or which are otherwise damaged, must not be fitted.
Defective airbag units of the airbag system which have not been ignited must be returned for disposal to a
t specialist company or to the importer in accordance with the instructions of PST and environmental protection
regulations. The specified transportation packaging should be used for this purpose.
t
The airbag units must not be treated with grease, cleaning agents or similar products, and must not be exposed to
temperatures above 100 C, not even for short periods.
t Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle Chapter.

t
Inspections of the airbag system must only be performed with the test and measurement equipment provided as
otherwise there is a risk of the airbag unit being activated.
Furthermore the following basic guidelines apply to the side airbag units:
t
The use of commercially available protective seat covers is prohibited. The protective seat cover impairs the
operation of the side airbag.
t After exchanging the backrest cover, all harpoon clips must be replaced with new original clips.
t New harpoon clips must be fixed in the same fitting position as the clips were before exchanging.
t
In the event of damage to the backrest upholstery through tears, burn holes etc., the cover must always be
replaced with a new original part for safety reasons.
t After actuating the side airbag, the backrest upholstery must always be replaced with a new original part.
Replacement of airbag units following an accident

Registering parts of the airbag system
If a part of the airbag system is to be replaced using original parts the self-adhesive labels with the number should be
removed, placed on registration card no. 000 010 100 A and sent in for registration to the customer service network
(domestic) or the importer (in the case of other countries). The replacement of these parts must be recorded in the
service schedule:
t Central control unit for the airbag system
t Driver airbag unit
t Passenger-side airbag unit
t Driver side airbag unit
t Driver side backrest upholstery
t Front seat passenger side airbag unit
t Front passenger side backrest upholstery
t Crash sensor side airbag on the driver's side.
317
t Crash sensor side airbag on the front passenger's side

Accident with deployment of airbag
t The following should always be replaced:
-Control unit1)
-Driver side airbag unit2)
-Front passenger side airbag unit2)
-Side airbag unit on the driver's side2)
-Side airbag unit on the front passenger side2)
-Restoring ring with slip ring3)
-Driver side seat belt tensioner with seat belt2)
-Front passenger side seat belt tensioner with seat belt2)
-Crash sensor side airbag4)
1)
If the side airbag has been ignited, the control unit can be used again - up to three times (only valid for vehicles
09.00 ) Chapter.
2)
In the event of ignition.
3)
In the event of ignition of the driver airbag unit.
4)
In the event of ignition of the side airbag unit.
t If necessary (visual inspection) replace all damaged parts with new original parts.
t
If the airbag control unit and other damaged parts are replaced it is necessary to code the control unit again
Chapter.
Accident without deployment of airbag unit

t
If no fault is indicated by the airbag warning light -K 75-, it is not necessary to replace any parts of the airbag
system. Pay special attention to examining the seat belts.
t Replace all damaged parts if necessary (visual inspection) with new original parts.
Removing and installing driver airbag unit

Removing
318
Turn steering wheel until one

of the holes -arrows A- is
located at the bottom.
Using a small screwdriver,

unhook the spring -arrow Bfrom the rear of the steering
wheel (through the hole).
Repeat process for the second
spring.
Pull out airbag unit and
carefully fold back.
Disconnect the plug connector

-arrow- from the airbag unit.
Lay aside the airbag unit in

such a way that the impact
absorber points upwards.
Install
Install airbag unit.
Switch on ignition.
Connect earth cable of the
battery.
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle
when the battery is being
connected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is
disconnected and re-connected,
319
carry out additional operations

gr.27.
Removing and installing the steering wheel

Removing
Remove driver side airbag unit Chapter (only for vehicles with airbag).
Remove steering wheel centre (only on vehicles without airbag).
t The steering wheel centre is removed as well as the driver side airbag unit Chapter.
Put the wheels in straight-ahead position.
Disconnect the plug connection from the restoring ring.
Unscrew screw -1- and mark
the opposite position of the
steering wheel -2- and the
steering column -3-.
Remove steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not turn the restoring ring
t (valid for steering wheel with
airbag).
Ensure when removing the
steering wheel that the plug
connection below the
steering wheel does not get
trapped. It would ruin the
t restoring ring and the
deployment of the slip ring. In
case of damage, the restoring
ring (with slip ring) must be
replaced with a new original
part.
Install
Put the wheels in straightahead position.
Fit on steering wheel according
to markings and tighten the
screw -1- to tightening torque
50 Nm.
t
The screw is covered with

locking agent.
It can be used a maximum of

5x.
Each installation must be

marked with a punch mark on
the front side of the screw.
Insert steering wheel centre or

install airbag unit Chapter.
320
Removing and installing restoring ring with slip ring

Remove the steering wheel Chapter.
Note
t Only valid for steering wheel with airbag.
t
The restoring ring with slip ring must be removed and installed when the steering wheel is in centre position
(wheel in straightahead position).
t Do not turn the restoring ring (risk of the restoring ring fracturing while driving).
t
Restoring ring with slip ring are secured by a clip in the centre position when supplied as a replacement part.
Remove this clip just before installing the parts.
t If it is intended to re-install the restoring ring with slip ring, fix in rhe centre position with adhesive tape.

Unhook -arrows A- catch.
Remove restoring ring -2-.
WARNING
Do not turn the restoring ring!
Removing and installing passenger airbag unit

Removing:
Remove the glove compartment Chapter.
321
Release screws -1-.

Take out engine unit -2- with holders -3- downwards.
Disconnect the airbag unit plug connector.
Remove holder -3- from the airbag unit -2-.
Installing:
Install holder on the airbag unit.
t Ma = 10 Nm
Install the airbag unit with the holder in the vehicle cnd connect the plug connection.
t Ma = 10 Nm
Note
secure using a securing screw -Loctite 275-.
Install the glove compartment.
Switch on ignition.
Connect earth cable of the battery.
WARNING
t Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being connected.
t
Opening the cover for the airbag unit in the dash panel is not permissible as longterm damage of the dash panel
can occur and the operation of the airbag unit can be affected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected and re-connected, carry out additional operations Electrical System
Rep. gr.27.
Removing and installing the side airbag crash sensor

Removing:
Remove the entrance plate Chapter.
Roll up carpet at the front of the B-cross member.
322

Release screws -2- of the crash
sensor -3-.
Install
reverse order.
t
Switch on the ignition before

connecting the battery.
WARNING
connected.
Note
gr.27.
Removing and installing front passenger airbag key switch

Removing
Turn the key switch with the ignition key into the
middle position and carefully pull out the front
passenger airbag key switch -arrow-.
Disconnect the plug connection of the front

passenger airbag key switch.
Install
t
Switch on the ignition before connecting the

battery.
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is
being connected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected and reconnected, carry out additional operations
Electrical System Rep. gr.27.
Removing and installing side airbag units

323
1 - Backrest rack
2 - 7 Nm
3 - Airbag unit
Take out of the backrest rack 1-.
4 - El. wire of the airbag unit
Take out of the clip -5-.
5 - Clip for electrical wire of
airbag
Take out of the backrest rack 1-.
6 - Airbag unit identification
sticker
Remove backrest rack -1-.
Removing:
Remove front seat from
vehicle Chapter.
Remove the backrest rack from
the seat rack Chapter.
Remove backrest cover
Chapter.
Fold open foam upholstery
Chapter.
Install
Insert new airbag unit in the
backrest rack.
Place the earth strap -1- of the

airbag unit -2- beneath the
screw below -3-.
Tighten the screws -3- of the

airbag unit to 7 Nm.
324
Stick the self-adhesive

identification sticker (smaller
one) from the airbag unit onto

the side of the backrest rack arrow-.
Secure electrical wiring -1- of

the airbag unit to the rack -3with the cable strap -2-.
Note
To avoid damaging the electrical
wiring of the airbag unit during
mounting it is drawn together
with adhesive tape. This tape
must only be removed after the
backrest and seat rack have been
fitted Chapter.
Pull onto backrest cover
Chapter.
Removing and installing airbag control unit -J 234-
325
1 - Control unit plug

2 - Nut
8 Nm
3 - Control unit
removing:
Disconnect earth strap of the
battery.
Remove right footwell
covering on driver's side.
If necessary, cut the carpet and

insulation matting around the
control unit.
Turn the locking element of
the control unit plug -1- as far
as possible until it locks again.

Unscrew the nuts -2- (3x).
Remove control unit -3-.
Installing:
reverse order.
Note
When replacing the control
t
unit repeat coding Chapter.
disconnected and ret connected, carry out additional
operations Electrical System
Rep. gr.27.
326
Disposal of pyrotechnical parts before scrapping the vehicle

Before scrapping the vehicle parts, the airbag units and the belt tighteners must be disposed of safely
according to accident prevention regulations to protect against undesirable explosion (unintentional
ignition). It is essential to observe this condition since incorrect or unintentional ignition (e.g. scrapping
using a flame cutter) can lead to injury.
Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle

t Ignition system -V.A.G 1821t Cable connector from the set -V.A.G 1594t Cable - Part No. 357 971 419
The airbag units should be

ignited within the vehicle with
the doors closed.
Igniting the side airbag on the
driver's side
Removing the airbag unit
Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connection of the airbag unit -arrow-.

Connect cable to the airbag unit and install again the airbag unit. The cable lies between the airbag unit and the
steering wheel.
Connect the two-pin cable connector of the ignition system with the aid of the clutch cable from the connection
cable set.
Lay the ignition system through the gap in the door and connect to the external battery.
Ignite the airbag unit and dispose of it as scrap.
Igniting the side airbag on the front seat passenger's side
Fold open the cover for the passenger-side airbag unit.
Disconnect the plug connection.
Cut off the plug connection from the airbag unit and connect to the ignition system -V.A.G 1821-.
Ignite the side airbag units
327
Disconnect the airbag plug connector below the front seat Chapter.
Connect the ignition system -V.A.G 1821- to the plug connector for the airbag unit, if necessary cut off from the
side airbag unit and connect to the ignition system.
WARNING
All people should be at least 10 metres away from the vehicle when the voltage is applied and the airbags are
triggered.
Dispose of belt tensioner

Belt tensioners not be disposed of in the usual way for other scrap but must be sent to a specialist company
or to the importer for disposal in compliance with instructions from PST and environmental protection
regulations. This also applies to ignited belt tensioners (one cannot determine with absolute certainty
whether all of the 3 pyrotechnic charges on the belt tensioners have been ignited).
328
Trim, noise insulation

Dash panel
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.96
Removing
Release screws -2- and -3-.
Remove the trim panels -4and -5- from the steering

column.
Remove restoring ring
Chapter (for vehicles with
airbag).
Remove steering-column
control Electrical System
Rep. gr.94.
Removing the centre console

Chapter.
Note
The steering column can remain
installed.
329
Release cap -2-.

Unscrew the relevant screws
(1.4 Nm).
Note
One torx screw each is located at
the top and bottom in the air
vents which can only be reached
with a small torx screwdriver.
Remove cover for dash panel
insert -1-.
Release screws -1- (1,4 Nm).
Remove dash panel insert -2on both sides of the holders arrow-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
330
Remove covers -1- and -2-.

Remove light switch

gr.96.
Release screws -3- for fuse

holder (1.4 Nm).
Remove bottom part of dash
panel -5-.

For vehicles of MY 03 (with
key switch for the front
passenger airbags)
Note
Pay attention to safety
precautions regarding repairs to
airbag system Chapter.
Disconnect the plug

connection of the front
For all vehicles

lighting.
Remove glove compartment 2-.
331
Remove cover -1-.

Remove centre dash panel -2-.
Disconnect the plug
connections.
Note
The radio or other additional
units can be installed when
removing.
Release screws (2 Nm).
Remove dash panel -1- from

the central pipe and take out
of the vehicle.
Install
reverse order.
passenger airbags)
WARNING
connected.
Note
gr.27.
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.98

Removing
Removing the centre console Chapter.
332
Remove lower trim panel from the dash panel Chapter.

Position the steering wheel -1- in centre position (wheels in straightahead position).
Remove the trim panels -4and -5- from the steering

column.
Remove restoring ring
Chapter (only for vehicles
with airbag).
Rep. gr.94.
Note
The steering column can remain
installed.
Release caps -2-.

Pull out dash panel insert
frame -3-.
333
Remove dash panel insert -2on both sides of the holders arrow-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
Remove covers -1- and -2-.

Remove light switch

gr.96.
Release screws -3- for fuse

holder (1.4 Nm).
Remove bottom part of dash
panel -4-.
334

passenger airbags)
Note
Pay attention to safety
precautions regarding repairs to
airbag system Chapter.
Disconnect the plug

connection of the front
For all vehicles

lighting.
Remove glove compartment 2-.
Remove cover -1-.

Release screws (1.4 Nm).
Remove centre dash panel -2-.
Disconnect the plug
connections.
Note
The radio or other additional
t units can be installed when
removing.
The dash panel middle part is
installed with pre-tension.
t
More force must be applied for
releasing.
335
Carefully lever off cover -2with wedge -3409-.

Remove solar sensor -3-.
Separate the plug connection 4- from the solar sensor -3- by
levering it off (e.g. with
upholstery needle).
Unscrew the corresponding
screws (1.4 Nm) with screws 5- below the front passenger
side airbag unit.
Remove dash panel from the

central pipe -1- and take out of
the vehicle.
Install
reverse order.
Note
When placing the dash panel
onto the central pipe, pay
attention to the correct position
of the air distribution channel in
the air vents.
passenger airbags)
WARNING
connected.
Note
gr.27.
Removing and installing the central tube/dash panel

Note
The work sequence may differ slightly on individual models depending on the equipment version.
Removing
Remove the dash panel Chapter, if necessary Chapter.
336
Remove screws -2- (25 Nm)

and support -1-.
Detach bellows -2-, slacken air

guide -1- and remove.
Remove restoring ring with slip
ring Chapter.
Rep. gr.94.
337
Unscrew screws -1- and

slacken cable harness with
clamps from the steering
column -2-.
Unscrew the corresponding

screws and remove the
convenience system control

unit -2- from the central pipe 1-.
338
Unscrew screws -1- (25 Nm)

and fold the steering column 2- downwards.
Remove screw -2- (7.5 Nm)

from the steering column on
the central pipe -1-.
Release all necessary earth
connections and all wiring
loom retaining clips.
Remove fuse box Electrical

System Rep. gr.97
339
Disperse the air bubbles on the

windscreen -2- out of the
central pipe -1-.
Slacken screw -2- on the

central pipe -1-.
340
Slacken screws -2- (10 Nm) on

the holder -1-.
Slacken screws -2- (25 Nm) on

the central pipe -1-.
Remove the plenum chamber
cover Chapter.
Remove windscreen
wiper/washer system
gr.92.
341
Unscrew screw -1- (25 Nm) in the plenum

chamber.
Remove the central pipe from the vehicle.
Install
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit
The convenience system control

unit is located behind the lower
part of the dash panel on the
driver's side.
Removing
Remove lower part of dash
panel Chapter.
Disconnect controller.
Remove the fixing screw -1- of
the control unit -3-.
Remove the convenience
system control unit together
with the control unit holder -3from the dash panel.
Remove fixing screws for
control unit -2- (2.5 Nm) and
take out control unit -4- from
the holder -3-.
Install
reverse order.
342
Door trim panels

Summary of components of front door trim panel (with mechanical window
lifter)
1 - 1 Nm
2 - Inner door handle
Interrupt the operation before removing the trim
panel.
3 - 1 Nm
4 - Plastic nut
5 - Exterior mirror cover
6 - Damping foil
7 - Rosette
8 - Lateral retaining clip
Removing:
Pull out catch -arrow-.
9 - Bottom retaining clip
Removing:
10 - 4 Nm
11 - Door handle
12 - Window crank
13 - Door trim panel
14 - Trim
Clipped in.
Removing and installing the front door trim panel

Removing:
343
Remove exterior mirror cover arrow A-.

Lever off door handle with
screwdriver -arrow B-.
Remove window crank
Chapter.
Remove bolts -1- and -10-.
Pull the door trim panel
towards the top out of the
inside window shaft seal arrow C-.
Unhook the control cable of

the door handle and separate
the plug connections.
Installing:
reverse order.
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with power window

lifter)
Note
The door trim panel on the front passenger side is similar to the door trim panel with mechanical window lifter, only
with other control elements.
1 - Door
2 - Exterior mirror cover
3 - Rosette
4 - Cover
Only driver's side.
5 - Recessed handle with convenience system operating panel
Only driver's side.
Removing Chapter.
6 - Door trim panel
344

7 - 0.7 Nm
8 - Mirror adjustment switch
9 - Cover
10 - 0.7 Nm
11 - Trim strip
12 - 4 Nm
Removing:
Removing:
15 - Damping foil
Removing and installing the driver door trim panel

Removing
Insert a small screwdriver in the lower gap

between the cover -1- and the recessed handle -2and carefully press off the cover in direction of the
door trim panel.
Press the recessed handle -2- out of the door trim
panel towards the top.
345
Pull in the lock -1- in direction of arrow and

disconnect the plug connection -2-.
Release screws (4 Nm).
Remove mirror adjustment switch with cover

Chapter Pos. -8 and 9- and disconnect the plug
connection.
Release screw Chapter Pos. -7-.
Remove exterior mirror cover Chapter Pos. -2and if necessary disconnect plug connection for
speakers.
Release screws Chapter Pos. -10-.
Pull out the door trim panel -3 towards the top out of the
inside window shaft seal -4and remove -arrow A-.
2 - Door window

the door handle and separate
the plug connections.
Install
reverse order.
Note
When installing, pay attention to
the correct position of the door
trim panel in the inside window
shaft seal -arrow B-.
346
Summary of components of rear door trim panel
1 - Trim
Clipped in.
2 - Screw
3 - Guide for tension rod
4 - Door trim panel
5 - Plastic nut
6 - Damping foil
Removing:
Removing:
9 - 1 Nm
10 - 4 Nm
11 - Pull-up handle
12 - Window crank
Removing Chapter.
Removing and installing the rear door trim panel

Removing
Lever off the pull-up handle as done on the front door using a screwdriver Chapter.
Remove window crank (if present) Chapter.
Slacken all the screw connections Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connections.
347
Pull out the door trim panel -3towards the top out of the
inside window shaft seal -4-.

the door handle.
Install
reverse order.
Removing and installing the damping foil of the door

The damping foil protects the vehicle interior against noise, water leaking in and draught.
The damping foil -1- must always be carefully glued and crease-free. When replacing, clean the glue benches and
glue the new foil crease-free from bottom to top.
If bonding is not adequate, use double-sided adhesive tape e.g. -AKL 434 019 25-.
The bonding surface is shown as latched in the fig.
Removing
348
Remove door trim panel

Chapter or Chapter.
Remove all retaining clips
Chapter or Chapter.
Remove window crank
Slacken spacer ring -3- in direction of -A-.

Remove window crank -1- from window lifter
shaft -2-, arrow -B-.
349
Install window crank

The window crank must be parallel to the pull-up handle of the door trim panel when the window is
closed.
350
Pillar and side trim panels

Summary of components of trim panel for pillar A
1 - Trim panel of pillar A

Removing:
Slacken trim panel and
unhook retaining lug -4-.
Installing:
Check position and

condition of the clips -2- and
if necessary replace clips.
First hook in the retaining

lug -4-.
Press in the trim panel of
pillar A.
2 - Clip
Pressed in pillar A
3 - Gasket
Set the correct fitting

location after fitting the trim
panel
4 - Retaining lug
351
Summary of components of trim panel for bottom pillar A

Note
Before removing the bottom trim

panel of pil lar A on the left side,
the Bowden cable for the tailgate
lock must be removed
Chapter.
1 - Cap
Clipped in.
2 - 2.5 Nm
3 - Bottom trim panel of pillar A
The right side is illustrated
4 - Clip
Pressed in pillar A
352
Removing and installing trim panels of pillar B
1 - Cap
2 - 35 Nm
3 - Deflection fitting
4 - Top trim panel
Removing:
Unclip cap -1- upwards.
Unscrew deflection fitting
Chapter.
Release screw -9-.
Remove the trim panel from
the pillar B downwards.
Installing:
Check operation of the seat
belt height adjuster.
5 - Bottom trim panel
Removing:
Remove top trim panel of
pillar B -4-.
Remove trim panel from the

clips -6- starting at the top and
take out upwards.
Installing:
Ensure correct fitting position

of the clips -6- on the trim
panel.
First of all insert the trim panel
with the retaining lugs -8- at
the bottom in the pillar B.
Press trim panel onto the clips

-6-.
6 - Clip
Pressed in the pillar B.
7 - Gasket
After installing the trim panel,
check for correct fitting
position of the seal and if
necessary adjust.
8 - Retaining lugs
9 - 2.5 Nm
353
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C
1 - Cover
Removing:
Removing supports of the

Chapter.
Detach the cover strip of the

roof trim panel Chapter.
Removing bottom trim panel
of pillar C Chapter.
Unclip the trim panel from the
pillar C
Installing:
Check position and condition
of the clips -2- and correct
when needed, replace clips if
necessary.
2 - Clip
Inserted in the trim panel
support of pillar C.
3 - Gasket
necessary adjust.
354
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C
1 - Cover
Removing:
Unlock backrests and fold
forward.
Removing support of the

Chapter.
Unscrew plastic nuts -2-.

2 - Plastic nut
Removing:
forward.
Unscrew the plastic nut from
the threaded bore.
Installing:
Press the plastic nut onto the
threaded bore.
3 - Gasket
necessary adjust.
355
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C (Octavia Combi)
1 - 35 Nm
2 - Cap
3 - Deflection fitting
4 - 2.5 Nm
5 - Cover
Removing:

Chapter.
Remove cap -2-, unscrew
screw -1- and take off
deflection fitting -3-.
Remove screw -4-.

reverse order.
6 - Gasket
necessary adjust.
356
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C
(Octavia Combi)
1 - Plastic nut
2 - Cover
Removing:
forward.
Remove trim panel in
direction of arrow.
the reverse order.
3 - Gasket
After installing the trim
panel, check for correct
fitting position of the seal
and if necessary adjust.
357
Removing and installing trim panel of pillar D (Octavia Combi)
1 - Retaining clip
Inserted in the trim panel of
pillar D.
2 - Gasket
necessary adjust.
3 - Cover
Removing:

Chapter.
Lever off trim panel from pillar

D.
Installing:
Check position and condition
of the retaining clips -1- and
correct when needed, replace
clips if necessary.
reverse order.
358
Luggage compartment trim panels

Removing and installing the trim panel for the luggage compartment floor
1 - Plastic nut
2-
Luggage
compartment/floor
covering
Removing:
Remove pushbuttons -1- and
floor covering -2-.
the reverse order.
359
Removing and installing side luggage compartment trim panel
1 - Plastic nut
2 - Luggage compartment trim
panel
Removing:
Unlock backrest and fold
forward.
Remove luggage compartment
trim panel.
reverse order.
360
Removing and installing the tailgate/luggage compartment covers

1 - 2.5 Nm
2 - Right cover
Left cover is a mirror image
Removing:
Remove screws -1-.
Pull off cover for clips -3-.
Installing:
3 - Clip
4 - 2.5 Nm
5 - Tailgate cover
Removing:
Unscrew screws -4- and -6-.
Remove cover towards the top from the clip 7-.
Installing:
6 - Screw
7 - Clip
361
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 07.00
1 - Plastic clip
2 - Plastic nut
Pressed in the tailgate.
3 - Pull loop
Must be pulled through the

opening -6- when installing
the trim panel.
4 - 2.5 Nm
5 - Cover
Removing:
the tailgate.
Installing:
Insert trim panel and fasten

with retaining clips -7- on
the plastic clips -1-.
6 - Opening for pull loop

7 - Clamp
Component part of the trim
panel.
362
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 08.00
1 - Plastic clip
2 - Plastic nut
Pressed in the tailgate.
3 - Pull loop

the trim panel.
4 - 2.5 Nm
5 - Cover
Removing:
the tailgate.
Installing:
Insert trim panel with metal
retaining clips -7- and then
fasten on the plastic clips -1.
7 - Clamp
Insert in the door panel
cuttings.
363
Removing and installing support for luggage compartment cover
1 - Support for the right luggage

compartment cover
Removing:
Removing luggage
compartment cover.
Removing rear belt guide
Chapter.
Unscrew nut -2-.
Remove support.
2 - Nut, 2,5 Nm
364
Increased luggage compartment floor (Octavia Combi) - Summary of

components
1 - Plastic nut
2 - Retaining clip
3 - Increased luggage
compartment floor
Removing:
Turn securing bolt -4- about
90 to the left and remove.
Fold together luggage

compartment floor and
remove.

the reverse order.
4 - Securing bolt
5 - Support
Removing:
Remove increased luggage
compartment floor -3-.
Turn insertion eye -6- about
90 to the right and remove.
the reverse order.
6 - Insertion eye
7-
Luggage
compartment/floor
covering
Removing:
Remove the retaining clip 2-.
the reverse order.
365
Luggage compartment-side trim panel (Octavia Combi) - Summary of

components
1 - Cover
Removing:
Remove backrests Chapter.
Remove the retaining clip -4-.

Chapter.

Release screws -2-.
Remove retaining clips -5-.
Pull off trim panel, move in
direction of travel and remove.
reverse order.
2 - 1 Nm
3 - Plastic nut
4 - Retaining clip
5 - Clamp
366
Summary of components of tailgate/luggage compartment covers (Octavia

Combi)
1 - Right cover
Left cover is a mirror image
Removing:
Remove tailgate cover -4-.
Disconnect plug connection

for power socket and
luggage compartment light.
Pull off cover for clips -2-.

the reverse order.
2 - Clips
3 - 2.5 Nm
4 - Tailgate cover
Removing:
Release screws -3-.
Remove cover towards the
top from the clips -5-.
the reverse order.
5 - Clips
367
Summary of components of tailgate trim panel (Octavia Combi)
1 - Plastic nut
2 - Pull loop

the trim panel -6-.
3 - 2.5 Nm
4 - Side trim panel
Removing: Remove trim
panel from the clips -8-.
the reverse order.
5 - Centre trim panel
Removing: Remove the trim
panel from the tailgate.
the reverse order.
6 - Tailgate trim panel
Removing: Remove the trim
panel from the tailgate.
the reverse order.
8 - Clips
368
Summary of components of support for the luggage compartment cover

(Octavia Combi)
1 - 2.5 Nm
2 - Plastic nut
3 - Support for the luggage
compartment cover
Removing:
Removing luggage
compartment cover.
Loosen plastic nuts -2-.
Note
The supports for the luggage
compartment cover are fixed
with two plastic nuts each.
speaker.
Unclip seat belt.
Take out support for luggage
compartment cover -3-.
reverse order.
4 - 2.5 Nm
369
Removing and installing foldable securing eyes in the luggage compartment

(Octavia Combi 4x4 and RS)
Note
On vehicles Octavia Combi RS, only the front securing eyes are foldable but not the rear.
Removing
Remove screws -3- (5,5

Nm).
Remove the lug -2- from the
side trim panel -1-.
Install
the reverse order.
370
Moulded headliner
Removing and installing moulded headliner
Removing
Carefully lever out the interior
light with a screwdriver and
disconnect the plug
connection.
Remove the cover for the
sliding roof motor Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar B
top Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A
Chapter.
above Chapter.
Remove the door seals in the

upper area and the rear flap
seals.
Pull off the trim of the sliding
roof opening (only for vehicles
with a sliding roof).
Removing sun visors

Chapter.
Removing recessed handles
Chapter.
Remove rear reading lights
Chapter.
371
Loosen the cover strip -3(clipped) downwards and pull

away from the roof frame.
Remove plug -4- with removal

tool -MP 8-602/1-.
With the assistance of a
second mechanic (risk of
fracture) lower the moulded

headliner -2- and remove from
vehicle.
Install
Note
Before fitting the cover strip t 3- pay attention to the correct
fitting position of the clips -6-.
The spacer -1- is glued to the
t front side of the moulded
headliner.
Align the front moulded
headliner -2- to the sun visor
retainers and to the opening of
the plugs at the rear -4-.
372
Press in the plugs -4-.

Fasten sun visors.
Clip the cover strip -3- in the
roof frame.
Ensure the correct fitting of
the seal -5-.
Install the trim of the sliding

roof opening on vehicles with a
sliding roof.
Install component parts.
373
Removing and installing moulded headliner (Octavia Combi)

Removing
Carefully lever out the interior
light with a screwdriver and
disconnect the plug
connection.
sliding roof motor Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar B
top Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A
Chapter.
above Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar D
Chapter.
Remove the door seals in the
upper area with the moulded
headliner and in the rear flap
seals.
Pull off the trim of the sliding

roof opening (only for vehicles
with a sliding roof).
Removing sun visors

Chapter.
Removing recessed handles
Chapter.
Remove rear reading lights
Chapter.
374
Loosen the cover strip -3(clipped) downwards and pull

away from the roof frame.
Remove plug -4- with removal

tool -MP 8-602/1-.
With the assistance of a
second mechanic (risk of
fracture) lower the moulded

headliner -2- and remove from
vehicle.
Install
Note
Before fitting the cover strip t 3- pay attention to the correct
fitting position of the clips -5-.
The spacer -1- is glued to the
t rear side of the moulded
headliner.
Align the front moulded
headliner -2- to the sun visor
retainers and to the opening of
the plugs at the rear -4-.
Press in the plugs -4-.
Fasten sun visors.
Clip the cover strip -3- in the
roof frame.
Ensure the correct fitting of
the seal -6-.
Install the trim of the sliding

roof opening on vehicles with a
sliding roof.
Install component parts.
375
Roof noise insulation panels

Summary of components of the roof noise insulation panels
1 - Roof
2 - Noise insulation panel
Removing:
376
q Remove the moulded headliner Chapter if necessary Chapter.

q Unglue noise insulation panels -2- from the roof of the vehicle -1-.
Installing:
q
Glue noise insulation panels -2- onto the roof of the vehicle -1- with sitcker (version C, D), if necessary with
adhesive -DH 009 100 03- (version A, B).
q Install the moulded headliner Chapter if necessary Chapter.

Note
t A is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA without tilting roof.
t B is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA with tilting roof.
t C is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA COMBI without tilting roof.
t D is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA COMBI with tilting roof.
377
Seat frames
Mechanically activated front seats
Removing seat
Valid for vehicles with side airbags
WARNING
Safety precautions are to be applied when handling seats with side airbag unit Chapter.
Unclamp the negative terminal of the battery.
Remove the plug for the seat

heating -arrows A- (on vehicles
with el. heated seats) and side
airbags -arrow B- underneath

the seat (if necessary
disconnect plug connection for
the seat belt buckle signalling).
Valid for all vehicles
Slide seat forwards.
Remove caps -1-.
Unscrew screws -2- (3 Nm) and remove cover

strips -3- to the top.
Slide seat backwards.
378
Unscrew bolts or nuts -1-.
Unlock latching rod and slide

seat backwards out of the
runners.
Installing seat
Tighten screws or nuts -1- to 23 Nm.
Valid for vehicles with side airbags
Switch on the ignition before connecting the battery.
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being connected.
Removing seat height adjustment handle
379
Remove caps -1-.

Release screws -2-.
Remove seat height
adjustment handle -3-.
Installing seat height adjustment handle

The installation of the seat height adjustment handle occurs in reverse order. Tightening torque of screws -2is 6 Nm.
Remove the backrest rack from the seat rack

Remove seat height adjustment handle Chapter.
Remove the adjusting knob -2.

Release screw -1- (1,4 Nm).
Unhook the catch pegs of the

covers -3- and -4- out of the
seat rack and remove covers.
Vehicles with heatable backrest

and airbag unit
380
Remove plug for side airbag

unit -1- and el. seat heating -2
(if necessary plug for seat belt
buckle signalling) -3(underneath the seat).
Loosen the terminals of the

electric cable -arrow 1underneath the seat.
Remove the plug of the electric
cable for the backrest heating
from the seat rack -arrow B-.
Unclip the plug of the electric
cable for the backrest heating arrow C-.
381

electric cable for the seat
heating and airbag unit arrows B- underneath the seat.

electric cable for the backrest
heating and airbag unit arrows A- on the side of the

seat.
Loosen the terminal of the
electric cable for the backrest
heating and airbag unit -arrow
B- on the side of the seat.
Note
The marking on the cable -arrow
C- of the electric cable for the
side airbag unit must align with
the retaining clip -arrow B- on
the side of the seat when
installing.
For all vehicles
382
Screw out the screw -1- on

both sides of the seat.
Remove backrest rack from
seat rack.
Assembling seat rack and backrest rack

Note
The fitting position of all the retaining clips and plugs must be kept when installing.
Tighten screws -1- to 24 Nm.
WARNING
Safety precautions are to be applied when handling seats with side airbag unit Chapter.
Removing and installing seat height adjusting elements

Remove seat from vehicle
Removing:
Remove seat height adjustment handle Chapter.
Remove the side plastic covers from the seat.
383
Carefully unhook the tensioning springs -2-.

Release screws -arrows- and pull seat height
adjusting elements -1- out of the seat rack.
Installing:
Note
Tighten screws -arrows- to 10 Nm.
Seat installed in the vehicle
Removing:
Put seat in top position.
Remove seat height adjustment handle

Chapter.
Remove the side plastic covers from the seat

Chapter.
384
Release screws -arrows A- and

pull out seat height adjusting
elements -1-.
Installing:
Press down the seat -arrow B-.
Position seat height adjusting
elements.
Tighten seat height adjusting

elements -1- with screws arrows A- (Ma = 10 Nm).
Position side plastic covers on

the seat Chapter.
385
The electrically operated seat with memory

Removing and installing electrically operated seats
Remove electrically operated seat
WARNING
When handling an electrically operated seat fitted with a side airbag unit, observe the safety instructions
Chapter.
Slide seat forwards.
Lever off caps -1-, release screws -2- (3 Nm) and

take off runner cover strips -3- in -direction of
arrow-.
Slide seat backwards.

Remove fixing screws -4-.
Slide seat forwards up to the stop.
Note
Disconnect the battery before carrying out any work
on the airbag system. After disconnecting the battery
it is essential to wait one minute.
On models fitted with a coded radio set,
determine and enter the coding.
Push the seat out of the runners and lift forwards
lightly.
Disconnect the plug connections from the plug
holder -5- on the underside of the seat.
Remove seat from vehicle.
Install electrically operated seat
Installation is performed in the reverse order, pay
attention to the following points:
Tighten the fixing screws of the seat to 23 Nm.
Switch on the ignition before connecting the
battery.
Removing and installing the covers for electrically operated seats

Removing
Remove electrically operated seat Chapter
386
Remove the cover -1- and screw out the screw -2-.
Unclip right trim -3- and take off.
Disconnect plug connection -6-.
Unclip left trim -7- and take off.
Install
387
Removing and installing control unit on electrically operated seats

Removing
Disconnect the plug connections -arrows-.

Release screws -1- and -2- (2,5 Nm).
Remove the control unit -3- from the holder.
Install
388
Removing and installing the operating unit for electrically operated seats
Removing
Disconnect the plug connection for the operating unit.
Release the screws -arrows- (1.5 Nm) and remove

the switch unit from the seat upholstery.
Install
389
Removing and installing the seat length adjustment unit for electrically
operated seats
Removing

Screw out the screws -2- on both sides of the
worm-type control.
Pull out the positioning motor of the electrically
operated seat in -direction of arrow-.
Install
390
Removing and installing the front seat height adjustment on electrically

operated seats
Removing

Release screws -3-.
Take out front seat height adjustment -2-.
Install
391
Removing and installing the rear seat height adjustment on electrically

operated seats
Removing
Note
As far as possible remove the seat length adjustment unit for electrically operated seats at the stop above.
Remove the trims of the electrically operated seats Chapter.

Disconnect electrical wiring from the drive motor.
Release screws -3-.
Take out rear seat height adjustment -2-.
Install
392
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for

electrically operated seats
Removing
Remove right and left cover for electrically operated seat Chapter.
Loosen the cover in the lower area of the backrest and roll upwards Chapter.

Lever off the circlip -5- with a screwdriver from the
shaft -4-.
Slide the shaft -4- approx. 150 mm into the
backrest frame.
Release screw -3-.
Remove drive of backrest inclination -2-.
Install
393
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for

electrically operated seats
Removing
Remove right and left cover for electrically operated seat Chapter.
Loosen the cover in the lower area of the backrest and roll upwards Chapter.

Lever off the circlip -5- with a screwdriver from the
shaft -4-.
Slide the shaft -4- approx. 150 mm into the
backrest frame.
Release screw -3-.
Remove drive of backrest inclination -2-.
Install
394
Rear seats
Removing and installing seat bench and backrest (separated)
Remove the seat bench
Pull seat bench forwards on

the catches -arrows- and
fold open.
Push out hooks -1- from the

seat bench out of the lugs -2and remove seat bench from
the vehicle.
Unlock both backrest parts
and fold over.
Install
the reverse order.
Removing backrest
Fold back the rear seat
bench.
Unlock backrest upwards
and fold back.
395
Press in the catch hook -1with a screwdriver on the

left outer side of the backrest
(valid for vehicles with non
separated backrest) or on
both outer sides of the
backrest (valid for vehicles
with separated backrest) to
the rear.
Pull backrest -2- upwards
out of the positions -3-.
Take out backrest -2- from
the middle position -5- or
also from the right side

bearing (vehicles with nonseparated backrest).
Note
It is possible to adapt the
position of the lugs -4- for the
correct locking of the backrest
using a rubber hammer.
Install
the reverse order.
396
Removing and installing the seat bench with the child seat
Removing
Pull seat bench forwards on the catches arrows- and fold open.
Push out bolts -1- from the lugs -2- and

remove the seat bench from the vehicle.
Install
397
Removing and installing the support RS (only Octavia Sedan)

Removing
Removing bottom trim panel of pillar C Chapter
Release screws -arrows-.

Remove support -1-.
Install
Tighten screws -arrows- to 24 Nm.
398
Seat padding, covers

Covers and front seat upholstery
t Upholstery retaining clip pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1634t Upholstery reamer, e.g. -V.A.G 1636-
Removing and installing front seat covers and upholstery

1 - Cover
removing:
Removing backrest Chapter.
Detach clamping section -4from seat rack -7-.
Cut through clips -3-.
reverse order.
2 - Plastic cord
sewn to cover
with holes for inserting
retaining clips -33 - Upholstery retaining clips
4 - Clamping section
5 - Upholstery
removing:
Remove backrest.
Detach clamping section -4from seat rack -7-.
Remove cover -1-.
reverse order.
6 - Upholstery wire
fastened in the upholstery
7 - Seat rack
Removing and installing front backrest cover and upholstery

Vehicle with side airbag and el. seat heating
Note
399
t Only use the recommended cover with a sewn on identification label for installation purposes Fig.
t When installing observe the position of the cover - the identification label must be on the side of the airbag unit.
t Before installing, turn the cover inside out.
t Observe the safety instructions for working with airbags Chapter.
t Two mechanics are required to fit the cover.
1 - Cover
q removing:
400
l Seat removed from vehicle and backrest rack removed from seat rack
Detach rosette -9- and grommet -8-.
Fully unhook clamping section -17- at the bottom cover side.
Roll up the cover approx. 1/4 towards the top.
Remove covers in the lower area of the frame out of the openings for the longitudinal wires -18-.
Unhook the longitudinal wires -18- out of the openings in the lower area of the backrest using the pliers.
Unhook the -V.A.G 1636- transverse wire of the cover -19- out of the longitudinal wires -5- of the backrest frame 11- using an upholstery reamer.
Roll up the cover towards the top and remove.
Remove foam upholstery -16-.
q Installing:
Insert foam upholstery -16- into the backrest frame -11-.
Insert the longitudinal wires -18- and the transverse wire -19- in the cover.
Connect wire eyelets Fig..
Place cover onto the top backrest frame with foam upholstery.
Hook the transverse wire of the cover -19- into the longitudinal wires -5- of the backrest frame -11- using an
upholstery reamer -V.A.G 1636- Fig..
Pull off the cover by 3/4.
Clip the cover with the aid -V.A.G 1634- with clips -13- to the transverse wire -12- of the foam upholstery -16- in
the middle and on the sides.
Pull off the cover and align.
Cut openings into the foam upholstery -16- in the opening points of the lower backrest area.
Insert longitudinal wires -18- in the openings of the lower backrest area with pliers Fig..
Position the covers in the lower area of the frame into the openings for the longitudinal wires -18-.
Connect both clamping sections of the cover -17-.
Place grommet -8- and rosette -9-.
2 - Headrest guides
q when removing press safety catch -arrow A- e.g. with a specially adapted screwdriver and remove the guides.
q when installing press the guides into the backrest frame
3 - Button rivet
q for installing the protective cover -44 - Protective cover
q removing and installing into the backrest frame -115 - Longitudinal wire of the backrest rack
6 - Airbag unit
7 - Terminal el. wire airbag
8 - Grommet
9 - Rosette for the lumbar region backrest
q remove from the shaft of the backrest control
10 - El. wire of the airbag unit
401

q do not damage when installing
11 - Backrest rack
12 - Foam upholstery transverse wire
13 - Clamps
q when removing cut through with pliers
q to install use upholstery pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 163414 - Heating element for backrest
q removing:
Heat up the adhesive point of the foam upholstery with hot-air blower or blow dryer and remove from the foam
upholstery.
q Installing:
Remove the protective foil from the self-adhesive surface of the heating element.
Glue the heating element with the top side onto the upper edge of the foam upholstery -16-.
15 - El. wire of the heating element
16 - Foam padding
q remove from backrest rack
17 - Clamping section of cover
18 - Longitudinal wire of cover
19 - Transverse wire of the cover
q opened wire eyelet -arrow B- points to the airbag unit
Identification label for side airbag.
402
Connection of the cover wires.
Connections of the cover wires

with the wires of the backrest
frame.
403
Connection of the cover wires

with the bottom part of the
backrest frame.
For vehicles without side airbag
unit
1 - Upholstery retaining clips
2 - Cover
removing:
Removing backrest Chapter.
Fully unhook clamping section
-8- at the bottom side.
Roll up the cover to the top.
Unhook plastic cord -9-.
Remove the guides -3- and
take off the cover.
3 - Guide
for removing, roll up the cover,
press in the catch pegs arrows- and remove the guides
out of the backrest frame.
4 - Headrest
5 - Upholstery
6 - Backrest rack
7 - Upholstery wire
fastened in the upholstery
is located on the front and rear
side of the cover
9 - Plastic cord
sewn to cover
with holes for inserting
retaining clips -1-
404
Rear seat covers and upholstery

Removing and installing seat bench covers and upholstery (separated)
1 - Cover
With sewn in clamping
section.
Removing:
Unhook clamping section 3- at the wire frame.
Cut through upholstery
retaining clips -5-.
2 - Plastic cord
Sewn to cover
With holes for inserting
retaining clips -5-.
4 - Upholstery wire
Sewn into upholstery.
6 - Hook
For seat bench attachment.
7 - Wire frame
8 - Intermediate bearing
Not for basic equipment.
9 - Pull loop
405
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests

(separated)
1 - Rear panel
2 - Guide
For removing, loosen the cover from the rear panel, grip under the upholstery and the support/headrests,
press the catch pegs -arrows- of the guide with a thin screwdriver and remove the guide.
3 - Headrest
4 - Tension rod
5 - Guide
6 - Catch hooks
7 - Upholstery wire
Sewn into upholstery.
8 - Plastic cord
Sewn to cover
With holes for inserting retaining clips -12-.
9 - Upholstery
11 - Cover
The cover is fastened to the rear panel with the aid of the clamping section -10-.
406
407
Assembly overview of covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with

armrest, separated)
1 - Rear panel
2 - Guide
q
For removing, loosen the cover from the rear panel, grip under the upholstery and the support/headrests, press
the catch pegs -arrows- of the guide with a thin screwdriver and remove the guide.
408
3 - Headrest
4 - Guide for tension rod
5 - Cover
6 - Tension rod
7 - Catch hooks
8 - Rear panel
9 - Wire
q Sewn into upholstery.
10 - Plastic cord
q Sewn to cover
q With holes for inserting the retaining clips Item-.
11 - Upholstery
14 - Cover
q The cover is fastened to the rear panel with the aid of the clamping section.
15 - Support
16 - Armrest
q Removing Chapter.
17 - Screw
18 - Cover for armrest
409
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with
armrest, separated)
Removing:
Remove right backrest part out of the vehicle Chapter.
Tilt over the armrest.

armrest -1- and align the safety
hook -2- with a screwdriver
with a nut or with small pliers.
Take the armrest out of the
hangers.
t
A great force must be applied

when removing the backrest.
Take out the backrest cover arrow- with pulling force in

direction of the backrest.
410
Lever off pins -1- with a

screwdriver.
Remove the safety tension rod

-1- out of the hooks -3- with
small pliers or a screwdriver.
Remove safety tension rod -1to the top.

Remove securing guide -2-.
Remove headrest guide
Item.
The cover is fastened to the
t rear panel with the aid of the
clamping section.
411
Remove screws -3- and holddown device -1- from the rear
backrest -2-.
Installing:
reverse order.
412

Octavia Mk1 03 Body

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Octavia Mk1 03 Body

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Octavia Mk1 03 Body

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SKODA OCTAVIA MK1

DEACTIVATING AND ACTIVATING AIRBAG UNITS (ADAPTATION) ................................................................................................................... 33

Summary of front bonnet components .................................................................................................................................. 173

Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof ............................................................................................................................ 209

Assembly overview of side window (Octavia Combi) ............................................................................................................. 248

Removing and installing complete rear spoiler ...................................................................................................................... 280

Summary of components of rear inertia reel ......................................................................................................................... 307

Summary of components of trim panel for bottom pillar A ................................................................................................... 352

The vehicle identification number is type-punched

The vehicle identification

The vehicle identification number is type-punched

The vehicle identification number can also be found

Self diagnosis, V.A.G Inspection Service

t Driver and front passenger side airbags

Depending upon the control unit version

Check the control unit signal using actuator diagnosis Chapter.

The following is displayed after completion of the test

Test preconditions for self-diagnosis

Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis

Connect vehicle system tester V.A.G 1552- with connecting

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

t Press the HELP button to display the possible fault causes.

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

The ignition must be on!

Vehicle system test

Malfunctions occurred at the start of or during the program (external

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

and then the readout will appear:

1J0 909 603 A

Vehicle system test

Overview of selectable functions

01 - Interrogating control unit version

01 - Interrogating control unit version

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

1J0 909 603 A

Version number -V02t Bottom line:

Vehicle system test

End output (function 06) Chapter.

02 - Interrogating fault memory

Vehicle system test

Select function 02.

Vehicle system test

Confirm the entry with the key Q.

The number of faults stored appears on the display.

Press the buon to display the faults consecuvely.

Rectify the faults by referring to the fault table

Ignition device for airbag (driver's side)

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Function unknown or cannot

04 - Overview of the control units

Running Vehicle equipment

M99 Driver and front passenger airbag units

M99 Driver airbag, side airbags